進階搜尋

 
查詢範圍:「   」
顯示範圍:第筆 論文書目資料
顯示格式:全部欄位
共 20 筆
------------------------------------------------------------------------ 第 1 筆 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
系統識別號 U0026-0408201115263200
論文名稱(中文) 超寬頻參考傳輸系統之新穎信號設計及偵測架構
論文名稱(英文) Novel Signaling and Detection Schemes for Ultra-wideband Transmitted-Reference Systems
校院名稱 成功大學
系所名稱(中) 電機工程學系碩博士班
系所名稱(英) Department of Electrical Engineering
學年度 99
學期 2
出版年 100
研究生(中文) 翁立昌
學號 n2891117
學位類別 博士
語文別 英文
口試日期 2011-07-27
論文頁數 85頁
口試委員 指導教授-蘇賜麟
口試委員-蘇育德
口試委員-林茂昭
口試委員-呂忠津
口試委員-張名先
關鍵字(中) 無線通訊
超寬頻
參考傳輸
平衡參考傳輸系統
關鍵字(英) Wireless Communication
Ultra-Wideband (UWB)
Transmitted-Reference (TR)
Balanced TR system (BTR)
學科別分類
中文摘要 摘要
超寬頻脈波電系統近年來在高速室內無線通訊應用之中頗受矚目,其應用領域包含家庭娛樂、無線影像下載、無線區域網路(wireless LAN)及無線USB等。由於該系統使用次奈秒(sub-nanasecond)週期之波形,其波形優良的時間解析(time-resolution)能力足以用於解出傳輸通道造成的多重路徑接收信號。然而為了要充分收集多重路徑中的傳送訊號能量,則必須使用具有高度硬體複雜度的犁耙式(Rake)接收器,使得接收機硬體設計因而複雜化。
為克服上述困難,有學者提出一種稱為參考傳輸(transmitted-reference, TR)的新型系統。由於參考信號構成發射信號的一部分,接收機可以很方便地利用這個已知的傳輸參考信號進行資料調變信號的解調,使得此系統之接收機無需進行複雜的傳輸通道估測工作,並得以大幅簡化其硬體設計。然而,原始參考傳輸架構的低複雜度偵測能力並非憑空獲致,由於參考信號並未承載任何資料位元,實際上會造成50%能量/頻寬的消耗。這項缺失已成為近年來研究改進超寬頻參考傳輸系統的熱門研究課題。
針對上述缺失,本論文提出一種足以增強性能表現的發射信號設計及接收信號架構,稱為雙平均N位元差分暨平衡參考傳輸系統(A2NDTR/BTR)。此新系統具有在維持整體系統性能表現條件下增進資料傳輸率的能力,此能力實際上是由整合新式的信號設計及偵測技術與其他優良之干擾及噪音壓制技術所共同達成。最後,電腦模擬顯示此新系統與其他系統相比較時,在維持相同或是較佳的位元錯誤率之下,同時能夠達成更高的資料傳輸率。
英文摘要 Abstract
Ultra-Wideband (UWB) impulse radio systems have gained much attention in high speed indoor wireless communications recently, their applications include home entertainment, wireless indoor downloading, wireless LAN, wireless USB, and so on. These systems apply sub-nanosecond pulses and are able to resolve the multipath caused by the communication channel due to their fine time-resolution capability. However, a Rake receiver with high hardware complexity is required to take full advantage of the available signal energy, which complicates the hardware design of the receiver.
To remedy this difficulty, an improved scheme called the transmitted reference (TR) systems is proposed. Since a reference signal is transmitted along with the data-modulated signal, this known signal can be conveniently used to demodulate the data-modulated signal in the receiver. Thus, TR systems do not require the complex task of channel estimation and render a simple receiver structure. However, the low-complexity detection in the conventional TR scheme is achieved at the cost of 50% energy/bandwidth disadvantage, due to the fact that the reference signal carries no data. This disadvantage has become the popular research focus of UWB TR systems.
In this dissertation a performance-enhanced signal and detection scheme, namely the dual averaging N-bit differential transmitted reference/balanced transmitted reference (A2NDTR/BTR) system, is proposed to increase the data rate while still maintain the overall system performance. Numerical results suggest that this proposed scheme is able to achieve superior data rate while maintain the same or better bit error performance as compared with others.
論文目次 Contents
Chinese Abstract i
English Abstract ii
Contents iii
List of Tables v
List of Figures vi
Abbreviations and Symbols viii
Chapter 1 Introduction 1
1.1 UWB Advantages and Disadvantages 1
1.2 UWB Applications 3
1.3 UWB Regulations 5
1.4 Organization of the Dissertaton 7
Chapter 2 UWB Channel Modeling 8
2.1 UWB Channel Model 8
Chapter 3 Transmitted-Reference (TR) Systems 17
3.1 Transmitter Designs 18
3.1.1 Simple TR (STR) Transmitter 18
3.1.2 Balanced TR (BTR) Transmitter 20
3.2 Receiver Designs and Performance Analysis 21
3.2.1 STR Receiver and Performance Analysis 22
3.2.2 Averaged TR (ATR) Receiver and Performance Analysis 28
3.2.3 BTR Receiver and Performance Analysis 31
3.2.4 ATR/BTR Receiver and Performance Analysis 33
3.2.5 A2TR/BTR Receiver and Performance Analysis 35
3.3 Summary 38
Chapter 4 Differential TR (DTR) Systems 44
4.1 DTR System 44
4.1.1 Transmitter Design 44
4.1.2 Receiver Design and Performance Analysis 45
4.2 Doublet-Shifted TR (DsTR) System 47
4.2.1 Transmitter Design 47
4.2.2 Receiver Design and Performance Analysis 49
4.3 ANDTR/BTR System 53
4.3.1 Transmitter Design 53
4.3.2 Receiver Design and Performance Analysis 55
4.4 A2NDTR/BTR System 58
4.4.1 Receiver Design and Performance Analysis 58

4.5 Summary 61
Chapter 5 Orthogonalized TR Systems 67
5.1 Slightly Frequency-Shifted Reference (FSR) System 68
5.1.1 Transmitter Design 68
5.1.2 Receiver Design and Performance Analysis 69
5.2 Code-Orthogonalized TR (COTR) System 71
5.2.1 Transmitter Design 71
5.2.2 Receiver Design and Performance Analysis 73
5.3 New Scheme 74
5.3.1 Transmitter Design 75
5.3.2 Receiver Design and Performance Analysis 77
5.4 Summary 78
Chapter 6 Conclusion 82
Reference 84
參考文獻 Reference
[1] R. J.-M. Cramer, R. A. Scholtz, and M. Z. Win, “Evaluation of an ultra-wide-band propagation channel,” IEEE Transactions on Antennas and Propagation, vol. 50, no. 5, pp. 561-570, May 2002.
[2] “Notice of inquiry in the matter of revision of part 15 of the commission’s rules regarding ultra-wideband transmission systems,” FCC Docket Number (No.) 98-208/ET No. 98-153.
[3] M. Z. Win, R. A. Scholtz, “Impulse radio: how it works,” IEEE Communications Letters, vol. 2, no. 2, pp. 36-38, February 1998.
[4] G. R. Aiello, and G. D. Rogerson, “Ultra-wideband wireless systems,” IEEE Microwave Magazine, vol. 4, no. 2, pp. 36-47, June 2003.
[5] M. K. Simon, J. K. Omura, R. A. Scholtz, and B. K. Levitt, Spread spectrum communications. vol. 3, 1985.
[6] J. Forester, “Channel modeling sub-committee report final,” Tech. Rep. IEEE P802.15-02/368r5-SG3a, November 2002.
[7] S. S. Ghassemadeh, and V. Tarokh, “UWB path loss characterization in residential environments,” IEEE Radio Frequency Integrated Circuits Symposium, pp. 501-504, June 2003
[8] T. Rappaport, Wireless Communications: principles and practice. 2nd Ed., Pearson Education Pte. Ltd., 2002.
[9] M. Z. Win, and R. A. Scholtz, “On the energy capture of ultra-wide bandwidth signals in dense multipath environment,” IEEE Communications Letters, vol .2, no. 9, pp. 245 - 247, Apr. 2002.
[10] Bo Hu and Norman C. Beaulieu, “Accurate evaluation of multiple-access performance in TH-PPM and TH-BPSK UWB systems,” IEEE Transactions on Communications, vol. 52, no. 10, pp. 1758 - 1766, October 2004.
[11] R. Hoctor and H. Tomlinson, “Delayed-hopped transmitted-reference RF communications,” Proc. IEEE UWBST 2002, May 2002.
[12] Yi-Ling Chao and Robert A. Scholtz, “Ultra-Wideband Transmitted Reference Systems”, IEEE Transactions on Vehicular Technology, Vol. 54, No. 5, September 2005.
[13] Y-L. Chao and R. A. Scholtz, “Ultra-Wideband Transmitted Reference Systems”, IEEE Transactions on Vehicular Technology, vol. 54, no. 5, September 2005.
[14] Y-L. Chao and R. A. Scholtz, “Optimal and Suboptimal Receivers for Ultra-wideband Transmitted Reference Systems,” Global Telecommunications Conference, 2003. IEEE Globecom 2003.

[15] D. I. Kim and T. Jia, “Multiple Access Performance of Balanced UWB Transmitted-Reference Systems in Multipath”, IEEE Transactions on Wireless Communications, vol. 7, no. 3, March 2008.
[16] D. I. Kim and T. Jia, “M-ary Orthogonal Coded/Balanced Ultra-Wideb and Transmitted-Reference Systems in Multipath”, IEEE Transactions on Communications, vol. 56, no. 1, January 2008.
[17] D. I. Kim and T. Jia, “Analysis of Channel-Averaged SINR for Indoor UWB Rake and Transmitted Reference Systems”, IEEE Transactions on Communications, vol. 55, no. 10, October 2007.
[18] Y-L. Chao and R. A. Scholtz, “Ultra-Wideband Transmitted Reference Systems”, IEEE Transactions on Vehicular Technology, vol. 54, no. 5, September 2005.
[19] M. G. Khan, J. Nordberg, and I. Claesson, ”An Energy-efficient Signaling and Detection Scheme for Transmitted Reference UWB Systems”, IEEE International Networking and Communication Conference, 2008.
[20] D. Goeckel and Q. Zhang, “Slightly Frequency-Shifted Reference Ultra-Wideband(UWB) Radio: TR-UWB without the Delay Element,” Proceedings of the Military Communication Conference, October, 2005.
[21] Q. Zhang, and D. L. Goeckel “Multi-differential slightly frequency- shifted reference ultra-wideband (UWB) radio”, Proceedings Annual Conference on Information Sciences and Systems, pp. 615 - 620, March, 2006.
[22] D. L. Goeckel, and Q. Zhang, “Slightly frequency-shifted reference ultra- wideband (UWB) radio”, IEEE Transactions on Communications, vol. 55, no. 3, pp. 508 - 519, March 2007.
[23] Q. Zhang, D. L. Goeckel, J. Burkhart, B. K. Mui, N. Merrill, M. Carrier, and R. Jackson, “FSR-UWB (TR-UWB without the delay element): effect of impulse dithering and experimental results”, Proceedings International Conference on Ultra-wideband, pp. 315 - 320, September 2006.
[24] J. Zhang, H. Y. Hu, L. K. Liu, and T. F. Li, “Code-orthogonalized transmitted-reference ultra-wideband (UWB) wireless communication system,” Proceedings International Conference on Wireless Communications, Networking and Mobile Computing, pp. 528-532, September 2007.
[25] S. Farahmand, X. Luo, and G. Giannakis, “Orthogonally-Spread Block Transmission for Ultra-Wideband Impulse Radios,” IEEE Transactions on Wireless Communications, vol. 7, no. 10, October 2008.
[26] 姜琦凡(2010),「超寬頻傳輸參考系統之新穎訊號設計與偵測技術」,國立成功大學電腦與通訊工程研究所碩士論文。

------------------------------------------------------------------------ 第 2 筆 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
系統識別號 U0026-0709201113113100
論文名稱(中文) 利用複合諧振器設計雙頻帶通濾波器
論文名稱(英文) Dual-Band Bandpass Filter Design Using Composite Resonators
校院名稱 成功大學
系所名稱(中) 電腦與通信工程研究所
系所名稱(英) Institute of Computer & Communication
學年度 99
學期 2
出版年 100
研究生(中文) 陳嘉倫
學號 q3696453
學位類別 碩士
語文別 中文
口試日期 2011-07-26
論文頁數 86頁
口試委員 指導教授-蔡智明
召集委員-黃進芳
口試委員-李炳鈞
口試委員-黃正亮
口試委員-尤正祺
關鍵字(中) 頻率轉移
雙頻倒轉器
串聯複合諧振器
關鍵字(英) frequency transformation
dual-band inverter
composite resonator
學科別分類
中文摘要 近年來濾波器設計技術不斷推陳出新,雙頻帶與多頻帶之要求更為現今濾波器之重點。一般雙頻濾波器在設計時,會先設計出適合之雙頻諧振器,再針對兩頻帶所需之耦合量設計出適合的雙頻倒轉器。本論文以傳統濾波器合成理論為出發點,以兩種不同的濾波器合成方法,分別設計出等頻寬與不等頻寬之雙頻濾波器,並將電路以分佈形式實現。

首先利用頻率轉移函數,設計出具有等頻寬響應之雙頻集總元件濾波器,接著利用理想倒轉器將電路轉換,再使用四分之一波長開路殘段取代諧振器,將原本集總電路改成分佈形式,最後配合適當的雙頻倒轉器,將濾波器以微帶線實現出來。而在不等頻寬之雙頻濾波器電路設計方面,是利用複合諧振器之雙頻特性,但由於電路實現困難,因此本論文提出其對應之等效電路,據此將電路實現於分佈形式。最後論文針對此兩種濾波器電路進行設計模擬與實作量測,證明了方法之正確性。
英文摘要 In recent years, dual-band and multi-band filters design techniques keep emerging. Dual-band resonators and dual-band inverters are key blocks in these designs. In this thesis, two different synthesis methods are studied. One is for equal fractional bandwidth, and the other is for unequal fractional bandwidth.

Procedures for the first synthesis method include component parameters calculation by frequency transformation. Then the circuit configurations are modified by using ideal inverters. Finally the distributed circuit is implemented using microstrip lines, with the help of dual-band inverters. For unequal fractional bandwidth design, the second synthesis method uses composite resonators. Their equivalent circuits are derived to solve the realization problem. Then the filter is synthesized as a distributed circuit. To validate these methods, two dual-band filters have been designed, fabricated, and tested.
論文目次 摘要 I
Abstract II
誌謝 III
目錄 IV
圖目錄 VI
第一章 緒論 1
第二章 濾波器之基礎理論 3
2-1 低通濾波器原型電路 3
2-2 頻率轉換 6
2-3 阻抗與導納倒轉器 8
第三章 利用頻率轉移函數實現雙頻帶通濾波器 15
3-1 頻率變換 16
3-2 電路轉換 19
3-3 諧振器實現 28
3-4 濾波器電路實現 33
3-5 雙頻倒轉器 38
3-6 電路模擬與實作 49
第四章 串聯複合諧振器與雙頻帶通濾波器合 57
4-1 串聯複合諧振器之特性 57
4-2 串聯複合諧振器之濾波器合成 59
4-3 濾波器電路實現 61
4-4 諧振器電路轉換 65
4-5 電路模擬與量測 74
第五章 結論與展望 78
5-1 結論 78
5-2 未來展望 80
參考文獻 84
參考文獻 [1.1] H. Miyake, S. Kitazawa, T Ishizaki, T Yamada, and Y Nagatomi, “A Miniaturized Monolithic Dual Band Filter Using Ceramic Lamination Technique for Dual Mode Portable Telephones,” in IEEE MTT-S Int. Microwave Symp. Dig., vol. 2, 1997, pp. 789- 792.
[1.2] A. F. Sheta, J. P. Coupez, G. Tanne, S. Toutain, and J. P. Bolt, “Miniature Microstrip Stepped Impedance Resonator Bandpass Filters and Diplexer for Mobile Communications,” in IEEE MTT-S Int. Microwave Symp. Dig., vol. 2, 1996, pp. 607-610.
[1.3] H. C. Bell, “Zolotarev Bandpass Filters,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-49, pp. 2357-2362, Aug. 2002.
[1.4] 陳育良, 無線通訊雙頻帶濾波器, 國立成功大學電機工程學系碩士論文, 民國九十年六月.
[1.5] 吳尚哲, 利用頻率轉移函數製作雙頻濾波器, 國立成功大學電機工程學系碩士論文, 民國九十八年七月.
[1.6] 李鴻銘, 考慮不同元件品質因素、不同模態相速及雙頻特性的微波濾波器設計, 國立成功大學電機工程學系博士論文, 民國九十五年一月.
[1.7] C. -M. Tsai and H. -M. Lee, “Planar Filter Design With Fully Controllable Second Passband,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-53, pp.3429-3439 Nov. 2005.
[1.8] H. -M. Lee and C. -M. Tsai, “Dual-Band Filter Design With Flexible Passband
Frequency and Bandwidth Selections,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-55, pp.1002-1009, Nov. 2007.
[2.1] J. S. Hong, Microstrip Filters for RF/Microwave Applications, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2001, Chapter 3.
[2.2] Robert E. Collin, Foundations For Microwave Engineering, McGraw-Hill, 1992, Chapter 8.
[2.3] G. L. Matthaei, L. Young, and E. M. T. Jones, Microwave Filters, Impedance-Matching Network, and Coupling Structures, Norwood, MA : Artech House, Chapter 4.
[3.1] H. Uchida, H. Kamino, K. Totani, N. Yoneda, M. Miyazaki, Y. Konishi, S. Makino, J. Hirokawa, and M, Ando, ”Dual-Band-Rejection Filter for Distortion Teduction in RF Transmitters,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-52, pp. 2550-2556, Nov. 2004.
[3.2] J. S. Hong, Microstrip Filters for RF/Microwave Applications, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2001, Chapter 3.
[3.3] Robert E. Collin, Foundations For Microwave Engineering, McGraw-Hill, 1992, Chapter 7.
[3.4] 李鴻銘, 考慮不同元件品質因素、不同模態相速及雙頻特性的微波濾波器設計, 國立成功大學電機工程學系博士論文, 民國九十五年一月.
[3.5] H. -Y. A. Yim, K. -K. M. Cheng , “Novel Dual-Band Planar Resonator and Admittance Inverter for Filter Design and Applications,” in IEEE MTT-S Int. Microwave Symp. Dig., 2005, pp. 2187-2190.
[4.1] Zhewang Ma, Katsunori Kikuchi, Yoshio Kobayashi, Tetuo Anada, and Gen Hagiwara, “Novel Microstrip Dual-Band Bandstop Filter with Controllable Dual-Stopband Response,” 2006 Asia-Pacific Microwave Conference Proc., pp. 1174-1177, Dec. 2006.
[4.2] G. L. Matthaei, L. Young, and E. M. T. Jones, Microwave Filters, Impedance-Matching Network, and Coupling Structures, Norwood, MA : Artech House, Chapter 8.
[4.3] G. L. Matthaei, L. Young, and E. M. T. Jones, Microwave Filters, Impedance-Matching Network, and Coupling Structures, Norwood, MA : Artech House, Chapter 4.
[4.4] Brian J. Minnis, Designing Microwave Circuits by Exact Synthesis, Norwood, MA : Artech House, 1996, pp. 329.
[5.1] Xiao-Ping Chen, Ke Wu, and Zhao-Long Li, “Dual-Band and Triple-Band Substrate Integrated Waveguide Filters with Chebyshev and Quasi-Elliptic Responses,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-55, pp. 2569-2578, Dec. 2007.

------------------------------------------------------------------------ 第 3 筆 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
系統識別號 U0026-0709201114525400
論文名稱(中文) 寬頻濾波器、小型濾波器與雙頻阻抗轉換器的微波網路合成與分析
論文名稱(英文) Microwave Network Synthesis and Analysis of Wide-Band Filters, Compact Filters, and Dual-Band Impedance Transformers
校院名稱 成功大學
系所名稱(中) 電機工程學系碩博士班
系所名稱(英) Department of Electrical Engineering
學年度 99
學期 2
出版年 100
研究生(中文) 謝政憲
學號 n2891120
學位類別 博士
語文別 英文
口試日期 2011-07-26
論文頁數 95頁
口試委員 召集委員-黃進芳
口試委員-尤正祺
口試委員-黃正亮
口試委員-李文熙
指導教授-蔡智明
關鍵字(中) 網路合成
寬頻濾波器
關鍵字(英) Network Synthesis
Wide-Band Filters
學科別分類
中文摘要 寬頻濾波器在過去幾年裡引起了國內外學術界與工業界的許多興趣,也提出了許多實用的濾波器結構,其中多模諧振器濾波器結構可以達到很好的寬頻特性,不過其中對於雙諧振及三諧振模態步階阻抗諧振器來實現的微波寬頻濾波器,之後的演進與新發展往往著重在尋找修改與發明適用架構來達到截止帶傳輸零點或倍頻抑制的改善,對於此類寬頻濾波器與傳統平行耦合線帶通濾波器之間的等效特性比較少討論,所以設計流程往往僅止於分析多諧振模態步階阻抗諧振器本身,而沒有辦法將微波寬頻濾波器以完整公式或步驟合成出來,常見的例子在設計合成階段就把實做階段的電磁模擬與微調提早使用。
本論文整理歸納九大項探討的主題,以傳統微波網路合成與分析的手法來研究,將有助於釐清某些濾波器設計方法不盡完整之處,本論文藉由完整合成多諧振模態步階阻抗諧振器架構的寬頻濾波器來討論冗餘式以及非冗餘式的設計,近似解合成方法和精準的合成方法的特點也以實例完整地比較。
本論文又進一步探討另一類小型濾波器的合成理論,藉由引進Z轉換來合成特殊的轉移函數,透過微波網路合成與分析的方法,某些傳統上稱為慢波架構的濾波器其小型化的機制也就可以完整地解釋,本論文的實例為六個組成元件三階特性的負載殘帶多諧振模態諧振器小型濾波器。
除了以Richards’ theorem為運算基礎的數值解法,某些簡化的網路合成問題已經有解析公式,本論文也以雙頻阻抗轉換器為實例進行了詳細的比較與討論。
英文摘要 Wide-band filter synthesis has been of great interest both in academy and industry. Many novel filter structures have been suggested. Multiple-mode stepped-impedance resonator filter structure is one class which can achieve wide-band characteristics. In literature, filters based on dual-mode and triple-mode resonators keep evolving on structure modifications, mainly for the performance improvements such as the introduction of extra stopband transmission zero and the extension of harmonic suppression. The similarity of these wideband designs with conventional parallel coupled-line filters is not studied. They are designed by analyzing the multi-mode resonator structure, then stepping into filter implementation by computer optimization. That is, complete synthesis procedures and design equations are not developed.
In this thesis the observed designing and analyzing ambiguities or myths are classified into nine topics. By the classic network synthesis and analysis approach, those incomplete filter design procedures are clarified. Completed design equations and synthesis procedures are developed for the wide-band multi-mode stepped-impedance resonator filters. Redundant and non-redundant designs are discussed. Features of both the approximate method and exact synthesis method are comprehensive compared with design examples.
The network synthesis procedure is extended to one class of compact stub-loaded multi-mode resonator filters. With the help of Z-plane techniques, approximation function is rigorously synthesized. The “slow-wave mechanism” or “slow-wave filter structure” is well explained by the proposed network synthesis approach. Design example of a six-element third-order stub-loaded multi-mode resonator filter is given to justify the method.
In additional to the numerical solution based on Richards’ theorem, for certain simplified network synthesis problems, there exist analytic solutions. In this thesis detailed comparisons and discussions are given by examples of dual-band impedance transformers.
論文目次 Chapter 1 Introduction 1
1-1 Conventional Parallel Coupled-Line Filters 1
1-2 Multi-Mode Structure Analysis 7
1-3 Outline of the Thesis 11

Chapter 2 Synthesis of Wide-Band Filters 14
2-1 Redundant Synthesis (Scheme II) of Filters with Dual-Mode Resonators 14
2-1-1 Synthesis Procedure 15
2-1-2 Design Example 22
2-2 Non-Redundant Synthesis (Scheme IV) of Filters with Dual-Mode Resonators 26
2-2-1 Synthesis Procedure 26
2-2-2 Design Example 30
2-3 Comparisons of Non-Redundant Synthesis of Filters with Triple- Mode Resonators 36
2-3-1 Scheme IV Synthesis Procedure 36
2-3-2 Scheme VI Synthesis Procedure 46
2-4 Exact and Non-Redundant Synthesis of Filters with Triple-Mode Resonators53
2-4-1 Richards’ Theorem 53
2-4-2 Scheme V Synthesis Procedure 55

Chapter 3 Synthesis of Compact Filters 60
3-1 Slow-Wave Mechanism 61
3-2 Exact Synthesis of Third-Order Filter with Stub-loaded Resonators 64
3-2-1 Synthesis Procedure 65
3-2-2 Implementation example 69
3-3 Fundamental Prototypes 71

Chapter 4 Synthesis of Dual-Band Impedance Transformers 74
4-1 Analytic Solution to Exact Synthesis 75
4-2 Short-Step Dual-Band Impedance Transformers 78
4-3 A Bandwidth-Enhanced Dual-Band Impedance Transformer in Three Sections 79

Chapter 5 Conclusions 82
5-1 Approximation Problem Revisited 82
5-2 Summary and Future Works 86

References 88
參考文獻 [1.1] S. B. Cohn, “Parallel-coupled transmission-line-resonator filters,” IRE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-6, pp. 223-231, April 1958.
[1.2] E. M. T. Jones and J. T. Bolljahn, “Coupled-strip-transmission-line filters and directional couplers,” IRE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-4, pp. 75-81, April 1956.
[1.3] H. Ozaki and J. Ishii, “Synthesis of a class of strip-line filters,” IRE Trans. Circuit Theory, vol. 5, pp. 104-109, June 1958.
[1.4] G. L. Matthaei, “Design of wide-band (and narrow-band) band-pass microwave filters on the insertion loss basis,” IRE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-8, pp. 580-593, Nov. 1960.
[1.5] P. I. Richards, “Resistor-transmission-line circuits,” Proc. IRE, vol. 36, pp. 217-220, Feb. 1948.
[1.6] A. Matsumoto (editor), Microwave Filters and Circuits Contributions from Japan. Supplement 1 to Advances in Microwaves (general editor, L. Young) Academic Press, New York, 1970.
[1.7] G. L. Matthaei, L. Young, and E. M. T. Jones, Microwave Filters, Impedance-Matching Network, and Coupling Structures. McGraw-Hill, New York, 1964.
[1.8] Z. -C. Hao and J. -S. Hong, “Ultrawideband filter technologies,” IEEE Microwave Magazine, vol. 11, no. 4, pp.56-68, June 2010.
[1.9] S. Sun and L. Zhu, “Multimode-resonator-based bandpass filters,” IEEE Microwave Magazine, Vol. 10, No. 2, pp.88-98, April 2009.
[1.10] E. M. T. Jones, “Synthesis of wide-band microwave filters to have prescribed insertion loss,” 1956 IRE Convention Record, pt. 5, pp. 119-128.
[1.11] R. J. Wenzel, “Exact design of TEM microwave networks using quarter-wave lines,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-12, no. 1, pp. 94-111, Jan. 1964.
[1.12] M. C. Horton and R. J. Wenzel, “General theory and design of optimum quarter-wave TEM filters,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-13, no. 5, pp. 316-327, May 1965.
[1.13] E. G. Cristal, “New design equations for a class of microwave filters,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-19, no. 5, pp. 486-490, May 1971.
[1.14] P. A. Kirton and K. K. Pang, “Extending the realizable bandwidth of edge-coupled stripline filters,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-25, no. 8, pp. 672-676, Aug. 1977.
[1.15] B. J. Minnis, “Printed circuit coupled-line filters for bandwidth up to and greater than an octave,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-29, no. 3, pp. 215-222, March 1981.
[1.16] S. -Y. Yang, “Broadband Microwave Filter Design Using Multimode Resonators,” Thesis for M. S., Dept. Elec. Engr., National Cheng Kung University, Tainan, Taiwan, July 2009.
[1.17] G. C. Temes and S. K. Mitra (eds.), Modern Filter Theory and Design. Wiley, New York, 1973.
[1.18] J. A. G. Malherbe, Microwave Transmission Line Filters. Dedham, Mass: Artech house, 1979.
[1.19] W. A. Davis, Microwave Semiconductor Circuit design, Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1984.
[1.20] R. Levy and S. B. Cohn, “A history of microwave filter research, design, and development,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-32, no. 9, pp. 1055-1067, Sep. 1984.
[1.21] P. A. Rizzi, Microwave Engineering Passive Circuits, Prentice-Hall, 1988.
[1.22] G. L. Matthaei, L. Young, and E. M. T. Jones, Microwave Filters, Impedance-Matching Network, and Coupling Structures. McGraw-Hill, New York, 1964, Chap. 2, pp. 18-25.
[1.23] L. Zhu, W. Menzel, K. Wu, and F. Boegelsack, “Theoretical characterization and experimental verification of a novel compact broadband microstrip bandpass filter,” Proceedings of Asia-Pacific Microwave Conf., Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C., pp. 625-628, 2001.

[2.1] L. Zhu, H. Bu, and K. Wu, “Aperture compensation technique for innovative design of ultra-broadband microstrip bandpass filter,” IEEE MTT-S Int. Microw. Symp. Dig., pp.315-318, 2000.
[2.2] J. -T. Kuo and E. Shih, “Wideband bandpass filter design with three-line microstrip structure,” Proc. Inst. Elect. Eng., vol. 149, no. 516, pp. 243-247, Oct./Dec. 2002.
[2.3] L. Zhu, W. Menzel, K. Wu, and F. Boegelsack, “Theoretical characterization and experimental verification of a novel compact broadband microstrip bandpass filter,” Proceedings of Asia-Pacific Microwave Conf., Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C., pp. 625-628, 2001.
[2.4] Y. -C. Chiou, J. -T. Kuo and E. Cheng “Broadband quasi-Chebyshev bandpass filters with multimode stepped-impedance resonators (SIRs),” IEEE Trans. Microw. Theory Tech., vol. 54, no. 8, pp. 3352-3358, Aug. 2006.
[2.5] G. L. Matthaei, “Design of wide-band (and narrow-band) band-pass microwave filters on the insertion loss basis,” IRE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-8, pp. 580-593, Nov. 1960.
[2.6] R. E. Collin, Foundations For Microwave Engineering, McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1992, Chap. 6, pp. 427-432.
[2.7] S. B. Cohn, “Parallel-coupled transmission-line-resonator filters,” IRE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-6, pp. 223-231, April 1958.
[2.8] M. C. Horton and R. J. Wenzel, “General theory and design of optimum quarter-wave TEM filters,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-13, no. 5, pp. 316-327, May 1965.
[2.9] E. G. Cristal, “New design equations for a class of microwave filters,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-19, no. 5, pp. 486-490, May 1971.
[2.10] P. A. Kirton and K. K. Pang, “Extending the realizable bandwidth of edge-coupled stripline filters,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-25, no. 8, pp. 672-676, Aug. 1977.
[2.11] B. J. Minnis, “Printed circuit coupled-line filters for bandwidth up to and greater than an octave,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-29, no. 3, pp. 215-222, March 1981.
[2.12] C. -M. Tsai and H. -M. Lee, “Improved design equations of the tapped-line structure for coupled-line filters,” IEEE Microw. Wireless Compon. Lett., vol. 17, no. 4, pp. 244-246, April 2007.
[2.13] P. I. Richards, “A special class of functions with positive real part in a half-plane,” Duke Math. J., vol. 14, pp. 777-786, Sep. 1947.
[2.14] R. Bott and R. J. Duffin, “Impedance synthesis without use of transformers,” J. Appl. Phys. , vol. 20, pp. 816, Aug. 1949.
[2.15] P. I. Richards, “Resistor-transmission-line circuits,” Proc. IRE, vol. 36, pp. 217-220, Feb. 1948.
[2.16] H. Ozaki and J. Ishii, “Synthesis of a class of strip-line filters,” IRE Trans. Circuit Theory, vol. 5, pp. 104-109, June 1958.
[2.17] H. J. Carlin and W. Kohler, “Direct synthesis of band-pass transmission line structures,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-13, no. 5, pp. 283-297, May 1965.
[2.18] E. G. Cristal: Microwave Filters, in G. C. Temes and S. K. Mitra (eds.), Modern Filter Theory and Design. Wiley, New York, 1973, Chap. 7.
[2.19] J. A. G. Malherbe, Microwave Transmission Line Filters. Dedham, Mass: Artech house, 1979, Chap. 6.
[2.20] W. A. Davis, Microwave Semiconductor Circuit design, Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1984, Chap. 3.
[2.21] B. J. Minnis, Designing Microwave Circuits by Exact Synthesis, Artech House, 1996.

[3.1] L. Zhu and W. Menzel, “Compact microstrip bandpass filter with two transmission zeros using a stub-tapped half-wavelength line resonator,” IEEE Microw. Wireless Compon. Lett., vol. 13, no. 1, pp. 16-18, Jan. 2003.
[3.2] T. H. Duong and I. S. Kim, “Steeply sloped UWB bandpass filter based on stub-loaded resonator,” IEEE Microw. Wireless Compon. Lett., vol. 20, no. 8, pp. 441-443, Aug. 2010.
[3.3] R. Li and L. Zhu, “Compact UWB bandpass filter using stub-loaded multiple-mode resonator,” IEEE Microw. Wireless Compon. Lett., vol. 17, no. 1, pp. 40-42, Jan. 2007.
[3.4] K. Ma, K. C. B. Liang, R. M. Jayasuriya, and K. S. Yeo, “A wideband and high rejection multimode bandpass filter using stub perturbation,” IEEE Microw. Wireless Compon. Lett., vol. 19, no. 1, pp. 24-26 , Jan. 2009.
[3.5] H. -M. Lee and C. -M. Tsai, “Dual-band filter design with flexible passband frequency and bandwidth selections,” IEEE Trans. Microw. Theory Tech., vol. MTT-55, no. 5, pp. 1002-1009, May 2007.
[3.6] B. J. Minnis, Designing Microwave Circuits by Exact Synthesis, Artech House, 1996, Chap. 2, pp. 53-68.
[3.7] R. J. Wenzel, “Synthesis of combline and capacitively loaded interdigital bandpass filters of arbitrary bandwidth,” IEEE Trans. Microw. Theory Tech., vol. MTT-19, no. 8, pp. 678-686, Aug. 1971.
[3.8] H. J. Orchard and G. C. Temes, “Filter design using transformed variables,” IEEE Trans. Circuit Theory, vol. CT-15, no. 4, pp. 385-408, Dec. 1968.
[3.9] W. M. Fathelbab and M. B. Steer, “Parallel-coupled line filters with enhanced stopband performances,” IEEE Trans. Microw. Theory Tech., vol. 53, no. 12, pp. 3774-3781, Dec. 2005.
[3.10] J. A. G. Malherbe, Microwave Transmission Line Filters. Dedham, Mass: Artech house, 1979, Chap. 2, pp. 58.

[4.1] Y. L. Chow and K. L. Wan, “A transformer of one-third wavelength in two sections-for a frequency and its first harmonic,” IEEE Microw. Wireless Comp. Lett., vol. 12, no. 1, pp. 22-23, Jan. 2002.
[4.2] M. C. Horton and R. J. Wenzel, “General theory and design of optimum quarter-wave TEM filters,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-13, no. 5, pp. 316-327, May 1965.
[4.3] C. Monzon, “A small dual-frequency transformer in two sections,” IEEE Trans. Microw. Theory Tech., vol. 51, no. 4, pp. 1157-1161, April 2003.
[4.4] S. J. Orfanidis, “A two-section dual-band Chebyshev impedance transformer,” IEEE Microw. Wireless Comp. Lett., vol. 13, no. 9, pp. 382-384, Sep. 2003.
[4.5] G. Castaldi, “An exact synthesis method for dual-band Chebyshev impedance transformers,” Prog. Electromagn. Res., pp. 305-319, 2008.
[4.6] C. -M. Tsai, C. -C. Tsai, and S. -Y. Lee, “Nonsynchronous alternating- impedance transformers,” in Proc. Asia-Pacific Microwave Conf., Dec. 2001.
[4.7] R. Levy and J. Helszajn, “Specific equations for one and two section quarter-wave matching networks for stub-resistor loads,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-30, no. 1, pp. 55-63, Jan. 1982.
[4.8] B. J. Minnis, Designing Microwave Circuits by Exact Synthesis, Artech House, 1996, Chap. 4, pp. 222-234.
[4.9] P. W. Van Der Walt, “Short-step-stub Chebyshev impedance transformers,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-34, no. 8, pp. 863-868, Aug. 1986.
[4.10] G. L. Matthaei, “Short-step Chebyshev impedance transformers,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-14, no. 8, pp. 372-383, Aug. 1966.

[5.1] G. C. Temes and J. W. La Patra, Introduction to Circuit Synthesis and Design., McGraw-Hill, New York, 1977.
[5.2] G. Szentirmai (editor), Computer-Aided Filter Design. IEEE Press, New York, 1973.
[5.3] L. Fraiture and J. Neirynck, “Optimum Elliptic-function filters for distributed constant systems,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-15, no. 8, pp. 482-483, Aug. 1967.
[5.4] D. -C. Chang and C. -W. Hsue, “Design and implementation of filters using transfer functions in the Z domain,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. 49, no. 5, pp. 979-985, May 2001.
[5.5] K. -S. Chin, Y. -C. Chiou, and J. -T. Kuo, “New Ssynthesis of parallel-coupled line bandpass filters with Chebyshev responses,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. 56, no. 7, pp. 1516-1523, July 2008.
[5.6] C. -P. Chen, Z. Ma, and T. Anada, “Synthesis of ultra-wideband bandpass filter employing parallel coupled stepped-impedance resonators,” IET Microwaves, Antennas and Propagation, vol. 2, no. 8, pp. 766-772, Dec. 2008.
[5.7] S. Sun and L. Zhu, “Improved formulas for synthesizing multiple-mode- resonator-based UWB bandpass filters” in Proc. EuMC, pp. 299-302, Sep. 2009.
[5.8] R. Li, S. Sun, and L. Zhu, “Synthesis design of ultra-wideband bandpass filters with composite series and shunt stubs,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. 57, no. 3, pp. 684-692, March 2009.
[5.9] M. C. Horton and R. J. Wenzel, “General theory and design of optimum quarter-wave TEM filters,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-13, no. 5, pp. 316-327, May 1965.
[5.10] K. Liu, R. C. Frye, and B. Ahn, “High rejection BPF for WiMAX applications from Silicon Integrated Passive Device technology,” in IEEE MTT-S Int. Dig., June 2010, pp. 1364-1367.
[5.11] W. G. E. Dine, H. Ezzeddine, S. Bila, and S. Verdeyme, “Three approaches for the realization of a Chebyshev cross-coupled UWB filter,” in IEEE MTT-S Int. Dig., June 2010, pp. 1360-1363.
[5.12] T. Ishizaki, M. Fujita, H. Kagata, T. Uwano, and H. Miyake,, “A very small dielectric planar filter for portable telephones,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. 42, no. 11, pp. 2017-2022, Nov. 1994.
[5.13] M. Tamura, T. Ishizaki, and M. Höft, “Design and analysis of vertical split ring resonator and its application to unbalanced-balanced filter,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. 58, no. 1, pp. 157-164, Jan. 2010.
[5.14] R. Li, T. G. Lim, S. W. Ho, Y. Z. Xiong, and D. Pinjala, “Design of wideband bandpass filters using Si-BCB technology for millimeter-wave applications,” in Proceedings 60th Elect. Compon. Tech. Conf. (ECTC), 2010, pp. 515-519.
[5.15] O. P. Gupta and R. J. Wenzel, “Design tables for a class of optimum microwave bandstop filters (correspondence),” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. MTT-18, no. 7, pp. 402-404, July 1970.
[5.16] J. -C. Lu, C. -C. Lin and C. -Y. Chang, “Exact synthesis and implementation of new high-order wideband Marchand baluns,” IEEE Trans. Microw. Theory Tech., vol. 59, no. 1, pp. 80-86, Jan. 2011.
[5.17] W. M. Fathelbab and M. B. Steer, “New classes of miniaturized planar Marchand baluns,” IEEE Trans. Microw. Theory Tech., vol. 53, no. 4, pp. 1211-1220, April 2005.
[5.18] W. M. Fathelbab and M. B. Steer, “Parallel-coupled line filters with enhanced stopband performances,” IEEE Trans. Microw. Theory Tech., vol. 53, no. 12, pp. 3774-3781, Dec. 2005.

------------------------------------------------------------------------ 第 4 筆 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
系統識別號 U0026-0802201013240700
論文名稱(中文) 資料包絡分析在銀行信用評分之應用
論文名稱(英文) Application of Data Envelopment Analysis In Banking Credit Scoring
校院名稱 成功大學
系所名稱(中) 企業管理學系專班
系所名稱(英) Department of Business Administration (on the job class)
學年度 98
學期 1
出版年 99
研究生(中文) 黃啟倫
學號 r4796125
學位類別 碩士
語文別 中文
口試日期 2010-01-29
論文頁數 56頁
口試委員 指導教授-許永明
口試委員-黃鴻禧
口試委員-張紹基
口試委員-江明憲
口試委員-劉宗其
關鍵字(中) 信用評分
信用評等
資料包絡分析法
風險評估
銀行業
關鍵字(英) Data Envelopement Analysis
Credit Scoring
Credit Rating
Risk Assessment
The banking Industry
學科別分類
中文摘要 「信用」與「風險」向來係為金融機構用以評估企業償債能力之主要面向,鑑於近期全球經濟環境快速變化,以及「新巴賽爾資本協定」(New Basel Capital Accord)以明文規定,金融機構可使用自行創立之內部評等法來衡量自身之資產內容,進而給予不同權重之資本計提,因此,如何建立一套合理之信用評分機制來檢視放款品質並適當降低資本計提,為現今金融機構相當重視之課題。

本研究主要係應用資料包絡分析法(Data Envelopment Analysis),並以目前金融機構授信時所著重之財務比率數字,建構一評估企業信用之評分系統,並將本系統套用至國內上市、櫃之光電、半導體及網通三大族群企業,共286間企業,並將信用評分之結果與台灣經濟新報所提供之企業風險指標(Taiwan Corporate Credit Risk Index)對照,比對本研究之準確性及實際違約企業之命中率,依本研究之結果顯示,僅需輸入企業之主要財務比率數字,即可獲得相關之信用評分,且依信用評分之結果顯示,本次研究對於企業違約之辦別確屬有效,可提供銀行業一簡便且實用之信用評分系統,進而建立相關之信用評等。
英文摘要 "Credit" and "Risk" has always been the two main dimensions for financial institutions to assess the repayment abilities of enterprises. According to the recent rapid changes in global economic environment and the "New Basel Capital Accord", financial institutions could use their own internal rating method to evaluate the grade of their loan assets, thereby giving different weights of the related capital cost. Therefore, how to establish a reasonable credit scoring system to evaluate individual enterprise would be an important issue for today's financial institutions.

This study proposes a DEA-based approach to credit scoring. For the empirical evidence, this methodology was applied to current financial data of 286 listed firms in Taiwan. Using financial ratios, the methodology could calculate a firm’s overall performance into a single financial credibility score. The results were also validated by Taiwan Corporate Credit Risk Index(TCRI) and by testing the model’s discriminatory power using actual default cases of 11 firms.
論文目次 目錄
第一章 前言 1
第一節 研究動機 1
第二節 研究範圍及研究目的 2
第二章 文獻回顧與探討 3
第一節 信用風險與巴賽爾協定 3
第二節 信用評分分析模型的歷史演進 5
第三節 資料包絡分析 7
第四節 目前銀行運用信用評分之現況 9
第三章 研究設計與研究方法 11
第一節 研究設計與架構 11
第二節 利用資料包絡分析法(DEA)進行信用評分 23
第三節 與Min(2007)之模型進行比較分析 24
第四章 研究結果 27
第一節 樣本於經濟新報評等分布之情形 27
第二節 樣本使用本研究方法之分佈情形 30
第三節 樣本於Min(2007)研究方法之分佈情形 31
第四節 Min(2007)與本次研究樣本之分佈差異 32
第五節 Min(2007)與本研究模式與經濟新報評等之比較 33
第五章 結論與建議 35
第一節 研究結論 35
第二節 研究建議 37
參考文獻 38
附錄 41

參考文獻 中文文獻
1. 吳萬益(2005),企業研究方法,華泰文化事業。

2. 張大成(2003),違約機率與信用評分模型,台灣金融財務季刊,第四輯
第一期,頁19-37。

3. 陳妙真(2004),現金流量分析簡介,華南銀行業務報導NO.22,頁21-27。

4. 台灣經濟新報,TCRI方法論:TEJ企業信用風險指標(Taiwan Corporate
Credit Risk Index),台灣經濟新報網站。


英文文獻
1. Bergendahl, G. (1998). "DEA and benchmarks - an application to
Nordic banks." Annals of Operations Research 82: 233-249.

2. Cheng, E. W. L., Y. H. Chiang, et al. (2007). "Alternative
approach to credit scoring by DEA: Evaluating borrowers with
respect to PFI projects." Building and Environment 42(4):
1752-1760.

3. Cook, W. D. and L. M. Seiford (2009). "Data envelopment analysis (DEA) - Thirty years on." European Journal of Operational Research 192(1): 1-17.

4. Crook, J. and J. Banasik (2004). "Does reject inference really improve the performance of application scoring models?" Journal of Banking & Finance 28(4): 857-874.

5. Emel, A. B., M. Oral, et al. (2003). "A credit scoring approach for the commercial banking sector." Socio-Economic Planning Sciences 37(2): 103-123.

6. Hu, Y. C. and J. Ansell (2007). "Measuring retail company performance using credit scoring techniques." European Journal of Operational Research 183(3): 1595-1606.

7. Kumra, R., R. M. Stein, et al. (2006). "Assessing a knowledge-based approach to commercial loan underwriting." Expert Systems with Applications 30(3): 507-518.

8. Liu, F.-H. F. and H. Hsuan Peng (2008). "Ranking of units on the DEA frontier with common weights." Computers & Operations Research 35(5): 1624-1637.

9. Lopez, J. A. and M. R. Saidenberg (2000). "Evaluating credit risk models." Journal of Banking & Finance 24(1-2): 151-165.

10. Min, J. H. and Y.-C. Lee (2006). "A practical approach to credit scoring." Expert Systems with Applications In Press, Corrected Proof.

11. Paradi, J. C., M. Asmild, et al. (2004). "Using DEA and worst practice DEA in credit risk evaluation." Journal of Productivity Analysis 21(2): 153-165.

12. Pille, P. and J. C. Paradi (2002). "Financial performance analysis of Ontario (Canada) Credit Unions: An application of DEA in the regulatory environment." European Journal of Operational Research 139(2): 339-350.

13. Pille, P. and J. C. Paradi (2002). "Financial performance analysis of Ontario (Canada) Credit Unions: An application of DEA in the regulatory environment." European Journal of Operational Research 139(2): 339-350.

14. Premachandra, I. M., G. S. Bhabra, et al. (2009). "DEA as a tool for bankruptcy assessment: A comparative study with logistic regression technique." European Journal of Operational Research 193(2): 412-424.

15. Riding, A., J. Madill, et al. (2007). "Incrementality of SME loan guarantees." Small Business Economics 29(1-2): 47-61.

16. Stanton, K. R. (2002). "Trends in relationship lending and factors affecting relationship lending efficiency." Journal of Banking & Finance 26(1): 127-152.

17. Sueyoshi, T. and M. Goto (2009). "DEA-DA for bankruptcy-based performance assessment: Misclassification analysis of Japanese construction industry." European Journal of Operational Research 199(2): 576-594.

18. Treacy, W. F. and M. Carey (2000). "Credit risk rating systems at large US banks." Journal of Banking & Finance 24(1-2): 167-201.

19. Troutt, M. D., A. Rai, et al. (1996). "The potential use of DEA for credit applicant acceptance systems." Computers & Operations Research 23(4): 405-408.

20. Yeh, Q. J. (1996). "The application of data envelopment analysis in conjunction with financial ratios for bank performance evaluation." Journal of the Operational Research Society 47(8): 980-988.

------------------------------------------------------------------------ 第 5 筆 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
系統識別號 U0026-0808201111522700
論文名稱(中文) 以生活型態面向探討都會區域中之都市邊緣地區之定位問題─以高雄市大寮區為例
論文名稱(英文) A Inquiry on the position problem of urban fringe in city region by lifestyles-A Case Study in Kaohsiung Daliao
校院名稱 成功大學
系所名稱(中) 都市計劃學系碩博士班
系所名稱(英) Department of Urban Planning
學年度 99
學期 2
出版年 100
研究生(中文) 陳盈儒
學號 p26981170
學位類別 碩士
語文別 中文
口試日期 2011-06-24
論文頁數 79頁
口試委員 指導教授-謝宏昌
口試委員-詹達穎
口試委員-趙子元
口試委員-林育諄
關鍵字(中) 空間規劃
都市邊緣地區
生活型態
時間地理學
關鍵字(英) Spatial planning
Urban fringe
Lifestyle
Time geography
學科別分類
中文摘要 都市邊緣地區因其位置之特殊性,具有城鄉協調之重要中介功能,以及其受到城鄉力量折衝而充滿變動性與其潛在之發展潛力,在都會區域中越來越具有重要性。以往在進行空間規劃時,多藉由人口、土地使用與交通資料等做為空間規劃之分析基礎,而未對該空間內部之活動者、本身的發展需求以及其在都會區域中之功能地位,進行前瞻且符合地方需求之空間定位與空間規劃。本研究透過空間形式與機能之調查了解,搭配時間地理學之方法調查了解,進行研究地區─高雄市大寮區─居民生活型態之調查分析,以了解都市邊緣地區居民在空間中的日常生活型態,及探討都市邊緣地區居民如何受到空間形式與機能之影響下,而有都市邊緣地區居民適應空間之生活型態。並透過空間形式與機能、居民之生活型態兩項分析,做為探討都會區域中都市邊緣地區的空間定位問題。
透過了解都市邊緣地區居民工作、購物、娛樂等活動的基本活動及空間型式與機能之了解,居民在受到空間型式與機能的制約下之空間行為與適應結果,與其空間中時空間的安排之生活型態之了解,本研究發現都市邊緣地區空間之佈局與規劃,偏重生產空間與提供區域性公共資源空間等功能定位,易忽略居民生活所欲便利舒適的居住環境之需求,且區域性資源於空間中配置上的不當,使居民需透過空間中自我調適之行為以滿足所需。都市邊緣地區在都市中心逐漸向外蔓延的發展過程下,欠缺為未來思考之前瞻性的空間規劃,許多充滿外部性的設施與使用填充於該空間中,在區域空間結構變遷下,其原有的空間定位與佈局面臨應有新的規劃作為與思考。
此外,區域規劃時規劃應打破單一行政區劃之規劃方式,考慮各節點彼此間往來交流與互補之連結方式。並且,都市邊緣地區居民之生活型態,受到空間型式與機能、都市化之輻射影響與科技進步之影響下,可見都市與鄉村地區特性,兩者間界線漸趨模糊,該空間兼具城鄉特性,其空間定位不應僅視其為未來之都市地區、亦需考慮其鄉村空間特性。都市邊緣地區空間定位時,除應從所處區域之綜觀角度視之,更應從居民生活型態的生活品質需求等微觀角度視之,以妥適對待都市邊緣地區此一特殊空間之空間發展與居民需求。
英文摘要 Urban fringe play more and more important role in city region because that its special location can blend with city and country and full of variability and potential owing to the interrelationship of city and country. In the past ,spatial planning usually used to analyze population, land use and traffic data and as the planning basis ,but seldom to do the proactive and meeting local needs spatial position and planning by analysis on inner actors ,itself development demands and its status function in the city region. This study analyze the residents lifestyle in Kaohsiung Daliao by spatial form and function and with Time geography survey to know how the urban fringe residents daily lifestyle . And , Discussion on how residents of urban fringe areas being under the influence of the space form and function, while residents in urban fringe areas adapt space lifestyle.At the same time and through space form and function, analysis of the lifestyle of the residents of two, to explore the spatial location problem of urban fringe areas in the city region.
Through the understanding of the urban fringe areas residents work, shopping, entertainment and other basic activities and understanding of spatial forms and functions, Through the understanding of the urban fringe areas residents work, shopping, entertainment and other basic activities and understanding of spatial forms and functions, their spatial behavior and adaption under the constraint of spatial forms and functions , and their lifestyle that temporal and spatial arrangement , this study found that the spatial planning of urban fringe area emphasizes on production function space and supplying with regional public resources function space , but easy to overlook the residents Demand of willing to live in convenient and comfortable environment ,and due to improper regional public resources planning make residents need behavior of self-adjustment in space to meet their daily needs. As well as , Urban fringe areas is lack of consideration for future prospective of spatial planning in urban centre gradually spread outwards under the development process, so many facilities and full of externality in using the space-filling. Under the changes of spatial structure of regional and urban fringe areas faced new positioning and arrangement of the original space planning and thinking.
In addition, we should break a single administrative division planning of regional planning, and take into account the various nodes Interactive and Complementary linkage. And the lifestyle of the residents in urban fringe areas, subject to space form and function, urbanization under the effects of radiation and the effects of technological progress, visible characteristics in urban and rural areas, increasingly blurred the boundaries between the two, both urban and rural characteristics of the space, its spatial location should not be regarded only as to the future of rural space in urban areas, also taking into account their characteristics. At last, When the spatial positioning of urban fringe areas, except from looking at the point of view of the area, from the lifestyle demands of quality of life of residents of microscopic point of view, to properly treat urban fringe areas suitable for this particular space of spatial development and residents needs.
論文目次 目錄
第一章 緒論 1
第一節 研究動機與目的 1
一、 研究動機 1
二、 研究目的 3
第二節 研究內容 3
一、 研究內容 3
二、 研究空間範圍 4
第三節 研究流程 6
第二章 文獻回顧 8
第一節 生活型態相關研究探討 8
一、 生活型態(lifestyle)概念 8
二、 生活型態定義 9
三、 生活型態應用之相關研究 10
四、 生活型態衡量方法 11
五、 空間規劃與生活型態理論之討論 12
第二節 都會區域空間探討 12
一、 都會區域定義 13
二、 都會區域空間結構與規劃手法 13
三、 都會區域之空間規劃與各空間單元與空間佈局應考量之因素 14
四、 小結 15
第三節 都市邊緣地區空間探討 15
一、 都市邊緣地區之概念 16
二、 都市邊緣地區之界定 17
三、 空間特質 17
四、 土地使用特徵 18
五、 人口特徵 18
六、 居民對空間之評價 18
七、 小結 19
第四節 時間地理學相關研究探討 19
一、 時間地理學之方法體系 19
二、 時間地理學研究方法的特點 20
三、 相關研究 21
四、 小結 21
第五節 綜合討論 22
第三章 研究設計 24
第一節 研究方法 24
第二節 分析架構 26
第三節 研究架構與假設 27
一、 研究架構 27
二、 研究假設 28
第四節 訪談抽樣 29
一、 抽樣架構設計 29
二、 訪談大綱 30
第四章 都市邊緣研究地區之空間型式與機能 32
第一節 都會區域空間型式與機能─高雄市 32
一、 區位與環境 32
二、 人口與空間分佈 33
三、 區域性空間資源 35
四、 公共設施與交通運輸 37
五、 經濟與產業結構 39
六、 土地使用 43
第二節 都市邊緣地區空間型式與機能─高雄市大寮區 44
一、 區位與環境 44
二、 人口與空間分佈 45
三、 地區性空間資源 47
四、 公共設施與交通運輸 48
五、 經濟與產業結構 49
第三節 小結 51
第五章 都市邊緣地區居民之生活型態 53
第一節 空間制約與居民類型 53
一、 空間條件與限制 53
二、 居民類型 54
第二節 空間調適與生活型態 55
一、 外在適應 55
二、 內在適應 58
三、 同化 61
第三節 小結 62
第六章 都市邊緣地區之空間定位問題 64
第一節 研究地區空間定位問題 64
一、 高雄都會區與大寮區的空間型式與機能 64
二、 研究地區居民生活型態 65
三、 研究地區之空間定位問題 65
第二節 都市邊緣地區之空間定位問題 67
第三節 小結 68
第七章 結論與建議 69
第一節 結論 69
第二節 研究限制與建議 72
參考文獻 73
附錄…………………………………………………………………………a
參考文獻 一、 中文期刊論文
王大立,劉政宏,1999,台灣地區工作-居住平衡之研究,中華民國住宅學會第八屆年會論文集,頁416-426。
王亞男,趙永革,2006,空間規劃戰略環境評價的理論、實踐及影響,城市規劃,第三十卷,第三期,頁20-25。
申悅,柴彥威,2010,轉型期深圳居民日常活動的時空特徵及其變化,地域研究與開發,第二十九卷,第四期,頁67-71。
朱翔,1998,我國城市邊緣區可持續發展研究,城市規劃匯刊,1998年第6期,頁16-20。
吳文娟,1989,消費型態與區位商業活動關係之研究,國立台灣大學建築與城鄉研究所碩士論文。
李王鳴,王建正,葛單東,2008,都市邊緣區生態承載力變化及原因探討─以杭州都市邊緣地區為例,浙江大學學報(工學版),第四十二卷,第一期,頁39-43。
李世彰,2002,連鎖便利商店與都市住宅社區居民日常生活關係之研究─以台南市東明里為例,國立成功大學都市計劃研究所碩士論文。
李和平,李金龍,2004,城市邊緣區發展的理念、管理制度與規劃手法,重慶建築大學學報,第二十六卷,第三期,頁1-5。
李偉梁,2002,論城鄉結合部社區的居民分化,廣西社會科學,2002年第6期,頁207-208。
谷水花,張坤,2009,對城市邊緣區土地利用問題及對策的研究,湖南農機,三十六卷,第三期,頁109-110。
果桂梅,曹榮林,胡毅,2009,大城市邊緣區的空間優化對其角色的再認識,山東師範大學學報(自然科學版),第二十四卷,第一期,頁104-109。
姜秀娟,趙淑玲,2009,談城市化快速進程中城市邊緣區的規劃問題,現代城市研究第八卷,頁54-58。
姜柏丞,2002,生活型態與都會型Spa接受程度關聯性之研究,逢甲大學土地管理所碩士論文。
柏齊.希利著,王紅揚,馬璇譯,2008,歐洲新空間戰略規劃對「空間」和「地方」概念的處理,國際城市規劃,第二十三卷,第三期,頁53-65。
紀佩君、岳裕智(2005),地區產業空間聚集變化特性之分析--以高雄市製造業為例,2005 年台灣地理資訊學會年會暨學術研討會論文集。
孫胤社,1995,城鄉邊緣帶的人口空間組織,經濟地理,第十五卷,第二期,頁70-75。
徐佳君,2008,都市空間規劃與生活方式之研究,國立政治大學地政系碩士論文。
柴彥威,1998,時間地理學的起源、主要概念及其應用,地理科學,第一期,頁65-71。
柴彥威,王恩宙,1997,時間地理學的基本概念與表示方法,經濟地理,第三期,頁55-61。
高琳芸,2004,台灣社區老年人生活型態和生活品質之相關研究,國立師範大學人類發展與家庭學系碩士論文。
張秀妃,2007,人口特性、生活型態與醫療價值之關聯性:以中部某區域醫院為例,國立暨南大學國際企業學系碩士論文。
張娜,寧越敏,2010,上海城市邊緣區擴展與大都市空間結構演變,中國城市期刊,第五卷,第一期,頁49-58。
張偉,劉毅,劉洋,2005,國外空間規劃研究與實踐的新動向及對我國的啟示,地理科學進展,第二十四卷,第三期,頁79-90。
張曉軍,2005,國外城市邊緣區研究發展的回顧與啟示,國外城市規劃,第二十卷,第四期,頁72-76。
陳佳慧,2006,多核心空間結構規劃模型之建立─以台灣北部區域為例,成功大學都市計畫研究所碩士論文。
陳靖怡,2003,居民永續生活型態之研究,國立成功大學都市計劃研究所碩士論文。
陳銘城,2005,二次大戰後高雄市都市空間結構之變遷,國立成功大學建築研究所碩士論文。
葉佳宜,2002,大型購物中心之區位與消費者生活型態對消費行為之影響研究,國立交通大學管理科學系碩士論文。
劉文忠、劉旺,2006,居民微觀居住區位選擇的機制研究─以北京萬科青青家園為例,城市經濟與微區位研究,第二十六卷,第五期,頁802-805。
劉哲浩,2009 ,台北市公館地區live house消費者生活型態之研究,國立台北教育大學文化產業學系暨藝文產業設計與經營碩士班碩士論文。
劉維公,1997,布爾迪厄與生活風格社會學研究:兼論現代社會中的社會學危機,社會理論學報第二卷,第二期,頁347-374。
劉維公,2001,何謂生活風格?論生活風格的理論意涵,當代第168期,頁:10-25。
劉潔,2002,城市邊緣區適宜發展模式,遼寧大學學報(哲學科學版),第二十八卷,第四期,頁38-40。
蔡輝,2005,城市邊緣地帶居住社區發展模式研究,中國長安大學城市規劃與設計碩士論文。
蕭啟志,2005,生活型態調查導入產品造型設計的適切性初步研究,大葉大學設計研究所碩士論文。
謝菲,2008,洛杉磯模式:大都市多中心模式的經濟效用分析,東北大學報哲學社會科學版,第五期,頁82-86。
魏偉,周婕,2006,中國大城市邊緣區的概念辨析及其劃分,人類地理期刊二十一期,頁29-33。

二、 中文參考書目
Edward J. Kaiser, David R. Godschalk, and F. stuart Chapin. Jr.等人著,李瑞麟譯,2005,都市土地使用規劃。台北:茂榮出版社。
Robert Levine,馮克芸、黃芳田、陳玲瓏譯,2000,時機電圖:不同時代與民族對不同的解釋。台北:台灣商務。
于明誠,1987,都巿計畫概要,台北:詹氏書局。
胡幼慧,1996,質性研究:理論、方法及本土女性研究實例,台北:巨流出版社。
柴彥威,2000,城市空間。北京:科學出版社。
張鴻雁等著,2010,循環型城市社會發展模式─城市可持續創新戰略,城市化理論重構與城市遠見叢書。中國:東南大學出版社。
莊翰華,2000,土地使用面面觀。新竹:建都文化事業股份有限公司。
龍冠海,1991,都市社會學理論與應用。台北:三民書局。
顧朝林等,1995,中國大城市邊緣區研究。北京:科學出版社。

三、 政府機關研究報告書
內政部,民國94年,農林漁牧普查統計報告。
行政院,民國96年,南台都會區規劃報告書。
行政院,民國99年,南部區域計畫 高雄都子計畫報告書。
行政院經濟建設委員會,民國99年,高雄海空經貿城整體發展綱要計畫書。
何東坡,謝宏昌,2006,國土規劃的前置作業辦理計畫 子計畫2─台灣都會區域範圍劃設準則之研究,台北市:內政部營建署市鄉規劃局。
李永展,何紀芳,1999,環境正義與鄰避設施選址之探討,規劃學報,第26期,頁91-107(國科會研究計畫成果報告,NSC88-2415-H-004-025)。
李樑堅(2009),高雄地區產業再生策略規劃,高雄都會發展文教基金會委託研究案。
高雄市主計處,民國94年,高雄縣機車使用狀況調查書。
高雄市主計處,民國99年,高雄市縣合併人力發展與產業經濟統計分析書。
高雄縣政府,民國96年,各鄉鎮市潛在發展力評比分析書。
高雄縣政府,民國96年,各鄉鎮市潛在發展力評比分析書。
張玉山,2008,高雄市發展微型產業策略研究,研究發展考核委員會委託研究報告。
劉維公,2003,台北市生活風格研究,行政院國家科學委員會專題研究計畫。
劉維公,2004,台北市生活風格研究,行政院國家科學委員會專題研究計畫。
蔡敦浩,2001,高雄都會區建設方案之研究,行政院經濟建設委員會八十九年度委託研究計畫。
四、 西文文獻
Assael, H. A. and Roscoe , M. , 1976 , Approaches to Market Segmentation Analysis, Journal of Marketing , Vol. 40 , pp.67-76.
Assael, H. A. and Roscoe . M, 1976, Approaches to market segmentation analysis , Journal of Marketing , Vol. 40, pp.67-76.
Chapin, F. Stuart, Jr., and Edward J. Kaiser, 1979 , Urban land use planning, 3nd ed. Urbana: University of Illinois press.
Clark Catt , 2000,Economic analysis and land use planning on the rural-urban fringe, the phd Scholarly articles of Business and Management in University of South Australia.
Clark JK, McChesney R, Munroe D, Irwin E. , 2009 , Spatial characteristics of exurban settlement pattern in the United States. Landsc Urban Plan.vol 90 , pp.178-188.
David Simon ,2008 , Urban Environments: Issues on the Peri-Urban Fringe , Annual Review of Environment and Resources , Vol. 33: 167-185.
Davoudi, Simin ., 2003, Polycentricity in European Spatial Planning: From an Analytical Tool to a Normative Agenda, European Planning Studies,Vol.11 No8, pp.979-99.
Engel, James F., Blackwell, Roger D. & Miniard, Paul W. , 1993 , Consumer Behavior,7th ed. , Orlando Florida, Dryden Press.
Engel, James F., Kollat, David & Blackwell, Roger D. , 1973 , consumer Behavior , 2nd ed, New York , Holt, Rinehart and Winston Inc.
Gerhard Schulze , 1993 , Die Erlebnisgesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart, Frankfurt/M.
Hagerstand T. , 1970 , What about people in regional science? , Regional Science Association XXIV , pp7-21.
Hagerstand T. , 1975 , Space,time and human condictions , in Dynamic Aloocation of Urban Space , pp3-15,edited by A. Karlqvist, L. Lundqvist, F. Snickars, Saxon House.
Hall, C.S. & Lindsey G. , 1957 , Theories of personality , New York : Wiley Press.
Hartmut Lüdtke , 1989 , Expressive Ungleichheit. Zur Soziologie der Lebensstile, Opladen.
Hartmut Lüdtke , 1995 , Zeitverwendung und Lebensstile. Empirische Analysen zu Freizeitverhalten, expressiver Ungleichheit und Lebensqualität in Westdeutschland.
Healey, P. , 2004 , The Treatment of Space and Place in the New Strategic Spatial Planning in Europe,International Journal of Urban and Regional Research , Vol.28 , No.1 , pp. 45-67.
Healey, P., 1997a , An institutionalist approach to spatial planning. In : P. Healey , A. Khakee , A. Motte, and B. Needham (Eds). Making Strategic Spatial Plans. London: UCL Press.
Healey, Patsy, 2002 , On Creating the 'City' as a Collective Resource, Urban Studies ,Vol. 39,No10, pp.1777-1792.
Herrschel, Tassilo and Peter Newman , 2002 , Governance of europe's city regions: planning, Policy and Politics. London: Routledge.
Herrschel, Tassilo and Peter Newman , 2002 , Governance of Europe's City Regions: Planning , Policy and Politics. London: Routledge.
Keating, M. , J. Loughlin, and K. Deschouwer , 2003 , Culture , Institutions and Economic Development: A Study of Eight European Regions. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar.
Keating, Michael, 2003, The Invention of Regions: Political Restructuring and Territorial Government in Western Europe, in Neil Brenner, et al. eds. State/Space: a Reader. Oxford: Blackwell.
Kelly, G.A., 1995,The Psychology of Personal Constructs,New York: Norton. Kotler,P.,2003,Marcketing Manadement, 11th ed, Prentice-Hall Inc.
Kloosterman, Robert and Sako Musterd ,2001,The Polycenric Urban Region: Toward a Research Agenda, Urban Studies ,Vol 38 , No4,pp.623-33.
Lazer,1963,Life Style Concepts and Marketing Stephen Geyser, Toward Scientific Marketing, Chicago: AM, PP.140-151.
Mark D. Partridge, MD Kamar Ali ,and M. Rose Olfert , 2010 , Rural-to-urban commuting: three degrees of integration , Growth and Change, Vol. 41 No. 2, pp. 303–335.
Michael Hill,2003, Rural Settlement and Urban Impact on the Countryside, Hodder & Stoughton General Division:United Kingdom.
Millward H, Spinney J. ,2010, Time use, travel behaviour, and the rural-urban continuum: results from the Halifax STAR project. J Transp Geogr. in press.
Nick Gallent, 2006, The Rural-Urban Fringe: A New Priority for Planning Policy?, Planning, Practice & Research, Vol.21, No.3, pp.383-393.
Nick Gallent, Johan Andersson and Marco Bianconi,2006,Plan on the Edge- The context for planning at the rural-urban fringe, Routledge: USA and Canada.
Nick Gallent, Marco Bianconi, Johan Andersson ,2006, Planning on the edge: England’s rural-urban fringe and the spatial-planning agenda, Environment and Planning B: Planning and Design 2006, Vol 33,pp. 457-476.
Pred A ., 1977 , The Choregeography of existence: Comments on hagerstand's time-geography and it's usefulness, economic Geography 53,pp.207-21.
Ravetz, Joe, 2000, City Region 2020: Integrated Planning for a Sustainable Environment. London: Earthscan.
Robin J.Pryor , 1968 , Defining the Rural-Urban Fringe , Social Forces:University of North Carolina Press, Vol, 47,N0. 2, pp. 202-215,.
Russwurm, L.H ,1973, The Urban Fringe in Canada: Problem , Research Needs , Policy Implications .Ottawa: Ministry of State for Urban Affairs.
Sharp JS, Clark JK. , 2008 , Between the country and the concrete: rediscovering the rural-urban fringe. City & Community. Vol 7,No1, pp.61-79.
Short, J. & Williams E. & Chistie B. , 1976 , The social psychology of telecommunications , London :Whiley Press.
Simmons, Roger, and Gary Hack eds., 2000, Global City Regions: Their Emerging Forms. London: Spon Press.
Soja, Edward W., 2000, Postmetropolis: Critical Studies of Cities and Regions. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.

------------------------------------------------------------------------ 第 6 筆 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
系統識別號 U0026-0908201117140800
論文名稱(中文) 適用於MB-OFDM超寬頻系統Group-1和Group-3子頻帶之頻率合成器設計
論文名稱(英文) Frequency Synthesizer Design for MB-OFDM UWB System with Group-1 and Group-3 Sub-bands
校院名稱 成功大學
系所名稱(中) 電機工程學系碩博士班
系所名稱(英) Department of Electrical Engineering
學年度 99
學期 2
出版年 100
研究生(中文) 蔡涵宇
學號 n26984672
學位類別 碩士
語文別 中文
口試日期 2011-07-15
論文頁數 66頁
口試委員 指導教授-黃尊禧
口試委員-吳建華
口試委員-湯敬文
口試委員-楊慶隆
關鍵字(中) 超寬頻
鎖相迴路
頻率合成器
關鍵字(英) Ultra Wide Band
Phase Locked Loop
Frequency Synthesizer
學科別分類
中文摘要 頻率合成器在無線通訊系統領域是相當重要的。由於現今的通訊系統規格不只一種,因此選用不同的規格對於輸出頻率的需求也會有所不同。本論文將選擇MB-OFDM超寬頻系統作為設計考量,針對其Group-1和Group-3的子頻帶的需求,總共有六個頻率輸出。
對於MB-OFDM超寬頻系統頻率合成器的頻率規劃不同會影響其電路面積與功耗,因此盡量減少子電路個數來達成設計目標是其重心。本論文製程部分使用台積電0.18-μm 1P6M CMOS 製程,其電路架構是由一個鎖相迴路為主,配合兩個多工器、兩個除頻器和兩個混頻器所組成。鎖相迴路部分的操作頻率為6336MHz,輸入參考頻率為264MHz,且為四相位輸出,故選用四相位壓控振盪器。在混頻器的部分主要是使用單側邊頻帶混頻器,設計兩種負載模式,其中利用電阻為負載的混頻器混頻出2640MHz,利用共振腔為負載的混頻出最後的7656MHz、7128MHz、6600MHz、4488MHz、3960MHz和3432MHz六個頻率。
整個頻率合成器系統的鎖相迴路對於其中的低通濾波器設計,使用的是二階迴路濾波器。在過去鎖相迴路的晶片實現大部分的濾波器都會使用外接的方式來完成,此方法可以降低晶片電路失敗的問題,但因為外接線與元件的影響,會產生各種額外的雜訊。因此本論文將對二階迴路濾波器做晶片的整合實現,除了可以降低雜訊的干擾,對於電荷幫浦的電流需求也較小,可降低其功率消耗。在電路架構上考量到頻率合成器的晶片面積,將使用電容放大技巧的二階迴路濾波器,除了可以減小實際使用電容的數值,也可以降低壓控振盪器控制電壓的抖動問題。
在晶片實現部分以鎖相迴路為主,電路架構由相頻偵測器、電荷幫浦、低通濾波器、壓控振盪器和四個除頻器所組成。主要電路包括壓控振盪器和兩個電流模式邏輯除二電路的電壓為1.5V,其他電壓則為1.8V。其中電荷幫浦使用rail-to-rail的放大器處理電流不匹配問題;低通濾波器使用電容放大的技巧來節省晶片的面積;且為了配合單側邊頻帶混頻器使用真實單相時脈四相位除三電路。整體的晶片面積為1.3 mm × 1.3 mm。在鎖定時四相位壓控振盪器的輸出功率為-7.63dBm,相位雜訊量測在100kHz位移頻率約為-86.07dBc/Hz、1 MHz位移頻率下約為-102.23dBc/Hz、10MHz位移頻率下約為-127.31dBc/Hz。其消耗功率為32mW,且輸入參考訊號所產生於壓控振盪器頻譜上的spur大小約為-49.4 dBm。
頻率合成器佈局後的功率消耗模擬結果可分為幾個部分:電阻為負載和共振腔為負載的兩個單側邊頻帶混頻器總消耗功率約為17.04mW,二選一和三選一的兩個多工器消耗功率約為6.92mW,整體之消耗功率為65.08mW,電壓使用1.5V。佈局的面積約為1.2 mm × 1.15 mm,此數據為核心電路部分將不包含PAD的面積。
英文摘要 The frequency synthesizer is an important role of the transceivers in the wireless communication systems. Today, various kinds of standard specifications are proposed for the communication systems. A different specification would lead to different frequency synthesizer's design. This thesis takes into account the frequency synthesizer design for the multi-band orthogonal-frequency-division-multiplexing (MB-OFDM) ultra-wideband (UWB) system, especially for the needs of Group-1 and the Group-3 sub-bands, in which there are six frequency outputs.
The different designs of frequency synthesizers will lead to different circuit area and power consumption. Therefore, how to reduce the complexity of the electric circuit integration while achieving the same function is the design key point. In this thesis, the frequency synthesizer was fabricated in TSMC’s 0.18m 1P6M CMOS process. Our proposed frequency synthesizer is composed of one phase-locked loop (PLL), two multiplexers, two dividers, and two single-sideband (SSB) mixers. The PLL is operated at 6336 MHz with a 264 MHz reference input. The PLL has to provides quadrature outputs for driving the SSB mixers, so a quadrature voltage-controlled oscillator (QVCO) is necessary. There are two types of output loads for the SSB mixers; one is a resistive type for the operation frequency 2640 MHz; another is an LC-resonant type for those operation frequencies are 7656, 7128, 6600, 4488, 3960, and 3432 MHz.
The PLL in the proposed UWB frequency synthesizer uses a second-order low pass filter (LPF). In the past, PLLs may utilize off-chip LPFs for the design flexibility consideration. This way can help to reduce the chip fail problem, but it will possibly cause more noises in the PLL. In this thesis, we use the on-chip LPF design that can have lower noise and less pump current level. Therefore, the power consumption of the charge pump circuit can be reduced. To consider the area consumption of the whole frequency synthesizer, the use with capacitive multiplication technique on the LPF can make the capacitor area small and the jitter performance of the QVCO improved. The capacitive multiplication technique is implemented with the help of an OP amplifier.
The primary contribution of this thesis is the integration of a PLL, which consists of a phase frequency detector, a charge pump, an on-chip low pass filter, a QVCO and four dividers. The charge pump is implemented by a rail-to-rail error amplifier to overcome the process variation and the current matching problem. The low pass filter use capacitive multiplication technique with a smaller capacitance value and thus the chip area can be reduced. Considering the cooperative use of the SSB mixers in our proposed frequency synthesizer, a novel quadrature TSPC divide-by-3 circuit has been proposed. The total chip area is 1.3 mm × 1.3 mm. The output power is -7.63 dBm. The measured average phase noises of the PLL is -86.07 dBc/Hz at 100kHz offset from the center frequency. That of -102.23 dBc/Hz and -127.31 dBc/Hz at 1 MHz and 10 MHz offset frequencies, respectively, from the center frequency can be obtained. The power consumption is 32mW and the reference spur is -49.4 dBm.
The post-layout simulation has been done for our proposed frequency synthesizer. The two SSB mixers respectively with an RC load and an LC load totally consumes the power consumption of 17.04 mW. The two multiplexers respectively with the bi-ways and tri-ways in power consumption are 6.92 mW. The total power consumption is 65.08mW and the vdd is 1.5V. The layout area is 1.2 mm × 1.15 mm without PAD.
論文目次 摘要 I
Abstract III
致謝 V
目錄 VI
表目錄 VIII
圖目錄 IX


第一章 緒論 1
1.1 研究背景與動機 1
1.2 論文架構 3

第二章 鎖相迴路設計 4
2.1 鎖相迴路簡介 4
2.1.1 架構介紹 4
2.1.2 線性模型與雜訊分析 5
2.2 相頻偵測器 (Phase Frequency Detector, PFD) 6
2.3 電荷幫浦 (Charge Pump, CP) 12
2.4 低通迴路濾波器(Low Pass Filter, LPF) 18
2.5 四相位輸出壓控振盪器(Quadrature Voltage Control Oscillator, QVCO) 23
2.6 除頻器 29
2.6.1 電流模式邏輯除二電路
(Current Mode Logic, CML, divide-by-2) 30
2.6.2 真實單相時脈四相位除三電路
(True Single Phase Clock, TSPC, divide-by-3) 31
2.6.3 真實單相時脈除二電路
(True Single Phase Clock, TSPC, divide-by-2) 33

第三章 頻率合成器設計 34
3.1 頻率合成器簡介 34
3.1.1 架構簡介 34
3.1.2 電路設計 35
3.2 多工器(Multiplexer, MUX) 36
3.3 單側邊頻帶混頻器(Single Side Band Mixer) 40
3.4 頻率合成器系統模擬 41

第四章 模擬與量測結果 46
4.1 鎖相迴路系統模擬 46
4.2 鎖相迴路系統量測 53
4.2.1 QVCO量測結果 54
4.2.2 除頻器量測結果 56
4.2.3 鎖相迴路量測結果 58

第五章 結論與未來規劃 63
5.1 結論 63
5.2 未來規劃 63

參考文獻 64

參考文獻 [1]C. Mishra, A. Valdes-Garcia, F. Bahmani, et al., “Frequency Planning and Synthesizer Architectures for Multiband OFDM UWB Radios,” IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, vol.53, no. 12, pp.3744-3756, March 2005.
[2]Jun-Yuan Wang, “A PLL Circuit with Self-Frequency-Calibration,” Department of Electrical Engineering, National Cheng Kung University, Tainan, Taiwan, R.O.C. Thesis for Master of Science, July, 2006.
[3]C. T. Charles and D. J. Allstot, “A buffered charge pump with zero charge sharing,” in IEEE International Symposium on Circuits and Systems, pp. 2633-2636, May. 2008.
[4]N. HOU and Z. LI, “Design of High Performance CMOS Charge Pump for Phase Looked Loops synthesizer,” in Asia-Pacific Conference on Communications, pp. 209-212, 2009.
[5]W. RHEE, “Design of high performance CMOS charge pump in phase locked loop,"in IEEE Int. Symp. Circuits and Systems, vol. 1, pp. 545-548, 1999.
[6]J.-S. Lee, M.-S. Keel, S.-I. Lim and S. Kim, “Charge pump with perfect current matching characteristics in phase-locked loops,"Electronics Letters, vol. 36, no. 23, pp1907-1908, Nov. 2000.
[7]Z.-D. Huang, F.-W. Kuo, W.-C. Wang and C.-Y. Wu, “A 1.5V 3~10 GHz 0.18um CMOS Frequency Synthesizer for MB-OFDM UWB applications, " in 2008 IEEE MTT-S International Microwave Symposium (IMS 2008), pp. 229-232, Jun. 2008.
[8]Y. Sun, L. Sick, et al., “Design of a High Performance Charge Pump Circuit for Low Voltage Phase-locked loops,” IEEE 2007 International Symposium on Integrated Circuits (ISIC), pp. 271-274, Sep. 2007
[9]X. Hong, L. Zhiqun, W. Zhigong, et al., “ Charge Pump Design for PLL Synthesizer,” Chinese Journal of Semiconductors, Vol. 28, no. 12, pp. 116-120, Dec. 2007.
[10]G.-Y. Tak, S.-B. Hyum, B. G. Choi and S. S. Park, “A 6.3-9 GHz CMOS Fast settling PLL for MB-OFDM UWB Applications," IEEE J. Solid-State circuits, vol. 40, no. 8, pp. 1671-1679, Aug. 2005.
[11]劉深淵,楊清淵, “鎖相迴路," 滄海書局, 2006.
[12]H. Gao, Z.-Q. Lu, F.-C. Lai, “Design of Low-Phase-Noise Low-Phase- Error CMOS Quadrature VCO, " in Int. Conf. on Microwave and Millimeter Wave Technology (ICMMT ’07), pp. 1-4, Apr. 2007.
[13]Yu-Ting Chen, “Multi-standard/Multi-band Voltage Controlled Oscillator Design with Novel Switchable Inductor,” Department of Electrical Engineering, National Cheng Kung University, Tainan, Taiwan, R.O.C. Thesis for Master of Science, July, 2009.
[14]P.-Y. Deng and J.-F. Kiang, “A 5-GHz CMOS Frequency Synthesizer With an Injection-Locked Frequency Divider and Differential Switched Capacitors, " IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems, vol. 56, no. 2, pp. 320-326, Feb.2009.
[15]J.- M. C. Wong, V.- S. L. Cheung, and H.-C. Luong,“A 1-V 2.5-mW 5.2-GHz Frequency Divider in a 0.35-_m CMOS Process, "IEEE Journal of Solid State Circuits, vol. 38, no. 10, pp. 1643-1648, Oct. 2003.
[16]P. Heydari and R. Mohanavelu,“Design of Ultrahigh-Speed Low-Voltage CMOS CML Buffers and Latches, "IEEE Transactions on Very Large Scale Integration (VLSI) Systems, vol. 12, no. 10, pp. 1081-1093, Oct. 2004
[17]R. Nonis, E. Palumbo, P. Palestri and L. Selmi,“A Design Methodology for MOS Current-Mode Logic Frequency Dividers, "IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems, vol. 54, no. 2, pp. 245-254, Feb. 2007.
[18]C.-C. Lin and C. K. Wang, “A regenerative semi-dynamic frequency divider for Mode-1 MB-OFDM UWB hopping carrier generation,” in IEEE International Solid-State Circuit Conference (ISSCC 2005), pp.206-207, Feb. 2005.
[19]C.-F. Liang, S.-I. Liu, Y.-H. Chen, T.-Y. Yang, and G.-K. Ma, “A 14-band frequency synthesizer for MB-OFDM UWB application,” IEEE International Solid-State Circuits Conference (ISSCC 2006), pp.428-437, Feb. 2006.
[20]B. Sun, “Divide-by-three circuit,” US patent, patent no. 6,389,095. May 14, 2002.
[21]R. Magoon and A. Molnar, “RF Local Oscillator Path for GSM Direct Conversion Transceiver with True 50% Duty Cycle Divide by Three and Active Third Harmonic Cancellation,” 2002 IEEE Radio Frequency Integrated Circuits Symposium (RFIC2002), pp. 23-26, Jun. 2002.
[22]Shih-Han Ye, “A Phase Locked Loop for MB-OFDM UWB Frequency Synthesizer Application,” Department of Electrical Engineering, National Cheng Kung University, Tainan, Taiwan, R.O.C. Thesis for Master of Science, July, 2010
[23]S. Pellerano, S. Levantino, C. Samori, et al, “A 13.5-mW 5-GHz frequency synthesizer with dynamic-logic-frequency divider, ” IEEE Journal of Solid-State Circuits, vol. 39, no. 2, pp. 378-383, Feb 2004.
[24]Chih-Wei Chang and Yi-Jan Emery Chen, “A CMOS True Single-Phase-Clock Divider With Differential Outputs, ” IEEE Microwave and Wireless Components Letters, vol.19, no. 12, pp. 813-815, Dec. 2009
[25]H.-S. Chae, et. al, “A Fast Hopping Frequency Synthesizer for UWB System in a CMOS Technology,” in 2nd International Symposium on Wireless Communication Systems, pp. 370-374, Sep. 2005.
[26]H. Zhang, G. Chen, “A Monolithic Fast-Hopping Frequency Synthesizer for MB-OFDM UWB,"in Asia-Pacific Microwave Conference (APMC 2005), pp. 4, Dec. 2005.
[27]J.- S Park, Y.-G. Pu, Y.-S. Kim, C. Nam and K.-Y. Lee, “A Design of Sub-Band Generator for MB-OFDM UWB Application in 0.13 μm RF CMOS process,” in IEEE Asia-Pacific Conference on Circuits and Systems, pp. 1712-1715, Dec. 2008.
[28]J.-K. Kim, S.K. Jung, J.-H, et al, “A Design of the Frequency Synthesizer for UWB Application in 0.13 μm RF CMOS process,” in IEEE International Workshop on Radio-Frequency Integration Technology (RFIT), pp. 318-321, Dec. 2007.
[29]J. Lee, “A 3-to-8 GHz Fast-Hopping Frequency Synthesizer in 0.18-um CMOS Technology,"IEEE J. Solid-State Circuits, vol.41, no.3, pp. 566-573, Mar. 2006.
[30]J. Harvey and R. Harjani, “ An Integrated Quadrature Mixer with Improved Image Rejection at Low Voltage,” in IEEE 4th Int. Conf. on VLSI Design, pp. 269-273, Sep. 2001.
[31]J. Park, C.-H. Lee, B.-S. Kim and J. Laskar, “Design and Analysis of Low Flicker-Noise CMOS Mixers for Direct-Conversion Receivers,” IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, vol. 54, no. 12, pp. 4372-4380, Dec. 2006.
[32]S.-G. Lee and J.-K. Choi, “Current-reuse bleeding mixer," Electronics Letters, vol. 36, no. 8, pp. 696-697, Apr. 2000.
[33]H.-S. Chae, E.-C. Park, et al,“A Fast Hopping Frequency Synthesizer for UWB Systems in a CMOS Technology,” in 2nd International Symposium on Wireless Communication Systems, pp. 370-374, Sep. 2005.
[34]Z.-D. Huang, F.-W. Kuo, W.-C. Wang and C.-Y. Wu, “A 1.5V 3~10 GHz 0.18um CMOS Frequency Synthesizer for MB-OFDM UWB applications,” in IEEE MTT-S International Microwave Symposium (IMS 2008), pp. 229-232, Jun. 2008.

------------------------------------------------------------------------ 第 7 筆 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
系統識別號 U0026-1007201018340800
論文名稱(中文) 利用多重積分與Laguerre模型進行系統鑑別: 考量實際操作條件之方法
論文名稱(英文) Use of Multiple Integration and Laguerre Models for System Identification: Methods Concerning Practical Operating Conditions
校院名稱 成功大學
系所名稱(中) 化學工程學系碩博士班
系所名稱(英) Department of Chemical Engineering
學年度 98
學期 2
出版年 99
研究生(中文) 黃宇璋
學號 n3891114
學位類別 博士
語文別 中文
口試日期 2010-06-24
論文頁數 108頁
口試委員 指導教授-黃世宏
口試委員-張玨庭
口試委員-陳世明
口試委員-凌漢辰
口試委員-陳奇中
口試委員-黃奇
口試委員-蔡三元
關鍵字(中) 多重積分
順序演算法
MIMO系統鑑別
Laguerre模型
模型降階
未知擾動
關鍵字(英) Multiple Integration
Sequential Algorithms
MIMO System Identification
Laguerre Model
Model Reduction
Unknown Disturbances
學科別分類
中文摘要 在實務上,系統鑑別所面對的是具不確定性與限制的系統,包括程序本身及其所處環境的多種未知與限制因素。譬如程序初始狀態、模型的結構和參數、負載擾動和雜訊皆可能是未知的,另外鑑別實驗之輸入訊號改變須受到實際裝置的限制。面對這些客觀存在的諸多不確定性與限制,如何設計實際可行的鑑別實驗和發展估測演算法以獲得適當的程序與擾動模型,就是系統鑑別研究的主要課題。
本論文發展三個線性系統鑑別方法,用於解決現場鑑別測試常遭遇的實際困難,以獲得正確的微差分方程或轉移函數模型。這些方法具備以下優點:首先,鑑別實驗較不受輸入測試訊號和實際操作條件的限制;其次,能夠直接從一組輸出入實驗數據同時估測出程序結構以及對應的模型參數,無須冗長或重覆之實驗操作過程;最後,能夠處理實際操作狀況,包括未知初始狀態、未知負載擾動以及雜訊干擾。
第一個鑑別方法應用多重積分轉換來處理連續時間單一輸入/單一輸出程序,其特點是採用先繁後簡的兩段式測試訊號和兩階段順序式最小平方演算,將複雜的鑑別問題分解成兩個較簡單的參數估測問題。在第一階段利用後段測試數據來獲得程序轉移函數的分母多項式、未知擾動與初始狀態的估測,然後在第二階段利用前段測試數據來完成整個程序模型參數的估測。模擬和實驗範例的結果顯示,此法能夠有效地去除靜態、漂移或週期性負載擾動及初始狀態對程序鑑別的影響並且由於多重積分的使用對雜訊存在與模型結構不吻合的情況具有相當的強韌性。此法也提供簡易方式來獲得正確的模型結構並在非零初始狀態和擾動存在下達到模型預測和輸出量測相吻合的結果。
第二個鑑別方法適用於離散時間多重輸入/多重輸出程序,針對每一個多重輸入/單一輸出子程序,使用一個含有可調時間縮放因子的Laguerre模型建立一條回歸方程式,以進行最小平方參數估測,其特點是可處理在未知時間進入鑑別測試的未知動態負載擾動。當負載擾動的動態與程序動態不同時,此回歸式中Laguerre模型的階次被擴增來包含程序、初始狀態、負載擾動及隨機性擾動。所得之Laguerre係數最小平方估測器配合三個誤差標準的最小化可用以有效和正確地建構程序與擾動模型。對於決定性負載擾動,兩個誤差標準被用來選擇適當的時間縮放因子、擾動進入時間與程序時延,可以確保程序模型的正確性,而對於隨機性擾動,另一個誤差標準被用來選擇適當的時間縮放因子與程序時延,以去除擾動所造成的負面效應。模擬研究證實此法能夠處理各種各樣決定性和隨機性擾動,並且對取樣時間的選擇不敏感,這對離散系統的鑑別尤其重要。此法的缺點則為Laguerre模型的擴增後階次必須大於真實程序階次,否則無法有效地描述未知擾動,因此難以獲得優良的降階程序模型。
最後一個方法應用雙Laguerre模型於離散時間多重輸入/多重輸出程序的鑑別,其原理為在同一組測試數據下,針對程序和未知負載擾動採用兩個含有不同時間縮放因子的Laguerre模型來分開處理。其優點為允許針對程序之Laguerre模型階次小於真實的程序階次,因此可以獲得優良的降階程序模型,而其缺點是必須能夠適當地選出兩個不同的時間縮放因子來區分出並準確描述程序和擾動對程序輸出的影響。此法已被證實為可信賴的,能夠根據所提誤差標準來得到優良的降階程序模型。

關鍵字: 多重積分、順序演算法、MIMO系統鑑別、Laguerre模型、模型降階、未知擾動
英文摘要 In practice, system identification is faced with uncertain and constrained systems, including various unknown and constrained factors in the process itself and its surroundings. For instance, initial states of the process, model structure and parameters, load disturbances and noise can be unknown. In addition, changes in the input signal to an identification test may be restricted by practical devices. Under such uncertainties and constraints existing objectively, the major role of the identification studies is to design feasible identification experiments and to develop estimation algorithms that can acquire adequate process and disturbance models.
This dissertation presents three identification methods to resolve various difficulties often encountered in field identification testing and hence obtain accurate differential (difference) equations or transfer function models. These methods possess the following advantages. First, their identification tests are less restricted to the input test signal and practical operating conditions. Second, they can estimate the model structure and the corresponding model parameters from a single set of test data, without lengthy or repetitive experimental procedures. Last, they can cope with practical operating conditions, such as unknown initial states, unknown load disturbances and noises.
The first identification method applies the multiple integration transform to deal with the identification of continuous-time single-input/single-output processes. The feature of the method is that the two segments of a test signal, first complicated and then simple, and two-stage sequential least-squares algorithms are employed to divide the complicated identification problem into two simpler parameter estimation problems. At the first stage of estimation based on the latter segment of the test data, the algorithms can yield the estimation of the denominator polynomial of the transfer function model as well as unknown disturbances and initial states. At the second stage of estimation based on the former segment of the test data, the algorithms give the complete model parameter estimates of the process. Simulation and experimental studies reveal that the method can reject the effects of unknown initial states as well as static, drifting and periodic disturbances on identification results, and is rather robust with respect to noise and model structure mismatch due to the use of multiple integration. It also provides convenient ways to find the model structure and to fit model predictions to the output measurements in the face of unknown initial states and disturbances.
The second identification method is suited to discrete-time multiple–input/multiple–output processes. For each multiple–input/ single–output subprocess, a regression equation is established based on a Laguerre model involving an adjustable time-scaling factor for least-squares parameter estimation. The feature of the method is that it could deal with unpredicted load disturbances entering the identification test at any unknown time. As the load disturbances possess dynamics distinct from the process dynamics, the order of the Laguerre model in the regression equation is augmented to incorporate terms regarding the process, load disturbances and stochastic disturbances. The resulting least–squares estimator of the Laguerre coefficients in conjunction with the minimization of three developed error criteria is thus employed to construct process and disturbance models efficiently and accurately. For deterministic disturbances, two error criteria are used to infer proper values of the time-scaling factor, the load entering time, and process time delays. In the presence of a stochastic disturbance, another error criterion is employed to determine process time delays together with the time–scaling factor that rejects the most deteriorating effect of the stochastic disturbance on parameter estimation. Simulation studies demonstrate that the proposed method is reliable against multifarious characteristics of deterministic and stochastic disturbances, and is insensitive to the selection of the sample time, which is particularly useful for discrete identification. The disadvantage of the method is that the assumed order of the Laguerre model must be greater than the actual process order, lest the unknown disturbances should become indescribable. This implies a good reduced-order model is not obtainable by this method.
The last method applies double Laguerre models to discrete-time multiple–input/multiple–output processes. The key is to describe the process and disturbance dynamics separately by two Laguerre models involving different time-scaling factors under the same set of test data. Its advantage is to allow the Laguerre model for the process to be smaller than the actual process order, so that a good reduced-order model is obtainable. The disadvantage is that two different time-scaling factors must be properly selected such that the effects of the process and disturbance on the process output can be distinguished and accurately described. It is demonstrated that the method is reliable in that it can obtain a good reduced-order process model based on the proposed error criteria.

Keywords: Multiple Integration, Sequential Algorithms, MIMO System Identification, Laguerre Model, Model Reduction, Unknown Disturbances
論文目次 表目錄.....................................................i
圖目錄....................................................ii
符號說明...................................................v
第一章 緒論.................................................1
1.1 研究動機與目的..........................................1
1.2 文獻回顧................................................3
1.3 章節與組織..............................................6
第二章 以多重積分為基礎之連續時間SISO系統鑑別法.................8
2.1連續系統方程之多重積分轉換式...............................8
2.2 基於兩段測試的順序式估測演算法...........................10
2.3 順序式演算法的執行......................................13
2.4 未知負載擾動的影響......................................15
2.4.1 靜態負載擾動.........................................15
2.4.2 漂移式負載擾動.......................................16
2.4.3 週期性負載擾動.......................................17
2.5 利用模型預測描述輸出量測之相稱度進行模型驗證...............17
2.6 模擬與實驗研究.........................................18
第三章 以單Laguerre模型為基礎之離散時間MIMO系統鑑別法..........33
3.1 Laguerre連續時間展開式與正交函數........................33
3.2 Laguerre離散時間展開式................................34
3.3 決定性和隨機性擾動下利用Laguerre模型的鑑別................36
3.3.1 單一輸入/單一輸出系統之鑑別............................36
3.3.2 多重輸入/多重輸出系統之鑑別............................40
3.4 階次擴增的轉移函數模型的回復.............................40
3.5 時間縮放因子與多個時延參數之決定..........................41
3.5.1 決定性擾動案例.......................................41
3.5.2 隨機性擾動案例.......................................43
3.6 模擬範例...............................................45
第四章 以雙Laguerre模型為基礎之離散時間MIMO系統鑑別法..........63
4.1 決定性和隨機性擾動下利用Laguerre模型的鑑別................63
4.1.1 單一輸入/單一輸出系統之鑑別............................63
4.1.2 多重輸入/多重輸出系統之鑑別............................67
4.2 時間縮放因子、擾動縮放因子、多個時延參數之決定與以較低階次近似
真實程序階次...........................................68
4.3 模擬範例...............................................71
第五章 結論與未來研究展望....................................92
附錄A 連續時間程序輸出響應公式的推導..........................95
附錄B 離散時間程序轉移函數的係數與Laguerre ARX模型轉移函數的係數
之關係式的推導.......................................100
參考文獻..................................................104


參考文獻 [1] Seborg, D. E., T. F. Edgar, and D. A. Mellichamp, Process Dynamics and Control, 2nd edition, John Wiley & Sons: New York, 2004.
[2] Hsia, T. C., System Identification-Least-Squares Methods; Lexington Books: Massachusetts, 1977.
[3] Yuwana, M. and D. E. Seborg, “A New Method for On-Line Controller Tuning,” AIChE Journal, 28, 434-440, 1982.
[4] Söderstrom, T. and P. G. Stöica, Instrumental Variable Methods for System Identification; Springer-Verlag: Berlin, 1983.
[5] Unbehauen, H. and G. P. Rao, Identification of Continuous Systems, Elsevier Science: Netherlands, 1987.
[6] Åström, K. J. and T. Hägglund, Automatic Tuning of PID Controllers; NC: Instrument Society of America, Research Triangle Park, 1988.
[7] Sagara, S. and Z. Y. Zhao, “Recursive Identification of Transfer Function Matrix in Continuous Systems via Linear Integral Filter,” International Journal of Control, 50, 457-477, 1989.
[8] Hang, C. C., K. J. Åström, and W. K. Ho, “Relay Auto-Tuning in the Presence of Static Load Disturbance,” Automatica, 29, 563-564, 1993.
[9] Shiu, S. J. and S. H. Hwang, “System Identification Using Open-Loop or Closed-Loop Relay Feedback,” Symposium on Computer Process Control, Taipei, 96-102, 1995.
[10] Shen, S. H., J. S. Wu, and C. C. Yu, “Auto-Tune Identification under Load Disturbance,” Industrial & Engineering Chemical Research, 35, 1642-1651, 1996.
[11] Shen, S. H., J. S. Wu, and C. C. Yu, “Use of Biased-Relay Feedback for System Identification,” AIChE Journal, 42, 1174-1180, 1996.
[12] Smith, C. A. and A. B. Corripio, Principles and Practice of Automatic Process Control, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons: Singapore, 1997.
[13] Sung, S. W., I. B. Lee, and J. Lee, “New Process Identification Method for Automatic Design of PID Controllers,” Automatica, 34, 513-520, 1998.
[14] Ljung, L., System Identification: Theory for the User, Prentice Hall: Upper Saddle River, 1999.
[15] Wang, Q. G. and Y. Zhang, “Robust Identification of Continuous Systems with Dead-Time from Step Responses,” Automatica, 37, 377-390, 2001.
[16] Hwang, S. H. and M. L. Lin, “A Method for Identification of Discrete Parametric Models with Unknown Orders and Delays,” Journal of the Chinese Institute of Chemical Engineers, 33, 373-388, 2002.
[17] Hwang, S. H. and M. L. Lin, “Unbiased Identification of Continuous-Time Parametric Models Using a Time-Weighted Integral Transform,” Chemical Engineering Communications, 190, 1170-1199, 2003.
[18] Culter, C. R. and B. L. Rammker, “Dynamic Matrix Control-a Computer Control Algorithm,” Proceedings of the Joint Automatic Control Conference, San Francisco, SP-8, 1980.
[19] Rivera, D. E., M. Morari, and S. Skogestad, “Internal Model Control: 4. PID Controller Design,” Industrial & Engineering Chemistry Process Design and Development, 25, 252-265, 1986.
[20] Åström, K. J. and B. Wittenmark, Adaptive Control; Addison-Wesley: MA, 1989.
[21] Hägglund, T. and K. J. Åström, “Industrial Adaptive Controllers Based on Frequency Response Techniques,” Automatica, 27, 599-609, 1991.
[22] Hwang, S. H., “Closed-loop Automatic Tuning of Single-Input/Single-Output Systems,” Industrial & Engineering Chemistry Research, 34, 2406-2417, 1995.
[23] Huang, H. P., C. L. Chen, C. W. Lai, and G. B. Wang, “Auto-Tuning for Model-Based PID Controllers,” AIChE Journal, 42, 2687-2691, 1996.
[24] Luyben, W. L. and M. L. Luyben, Essentials of Process Control, McGraw-Hill: New York, 1997.
[25] Lin, M. L. and S. H. Hwang, “Robust Design Method for Discrete-Time Controllers with Simple Structures,” Industrial & Engineering Chemistry Research, 41, 2705-2715, 2002.
[26] Smith, C. L., Digital Computer Process Control, Intext Educational Publishers: Scranton, 1972.
[27] Seborg, D. E., T. F. Edgar, and D. A. Mellichamp, Process Dynamics and Control, John Wiley & Sons: New York, 1989.
[28] Mathew, A. V. and F. W. Fairman, “Identification in the Presence of Initial Conditions,” IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control, AC-17, 394-396, 1972.
[29] Whitfield, A. H. and N. Messali, “Integral-Equation Approach to System Identification,” International Journal of Control, 45, 1431-1445, 1987.
[30] Lion, P. M., “Rapid Identification of Linear and Nonlinear Systems,” Proceedings of the Joint Automatic Control Conference, Washington, 605-614, 1966.
[31] Mathew, A. V., and F. W. Fairman, “Transfer Function Matrix Identification,” IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems, CAS-21, 584-588, 1974.
[32] Diamessis, J. E., “A New Method for Determining the Parameters of Physical Systems,” Proceedings of the IEEE, 53, 205-206, 1965.
[33] Paraskevopoulos, P. N., P. D. Sparis, and S. G. Mouroutsos, “The Fourier Series Operational Matrix of Integration,” Internal Journal of System Science, 16, 171-176, 1985.
[34] Mohan, B. M. and K. B. Datta, “Identification via Fourier Series for a Class of Lumped and Distributed Parameter Systems”, IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems, 36, 1454-1458, 1989.
[35] Garnier, H., P. Sibille, and H. L. Nguyen, “A New Bias-Compensating Least-squares Method for Continuous-Time MIMO System Identification Applied to a Laboratory-Scale Process,” Proceedings of the Third IEEE Conference on Control Applications, Glasgow, 1711-1716, 1994.
[36] Hwang, S. H. and S. T. Lai, “Use of Two-Stage Least-Squares Algorithms for Identification of Continuous Systems with Time Delay Based on Pulse Responses,” Automatica, 40, 1561-1568, 2004.
[37] Hang, C. C., and K. J. Åström, “Practical Aspects of PID Auto-Tuners Based on Relay Feedback,” Proceedings of IFAC Internal Symposium on Adaptive Control of Chemical Processes, Copenhagen, 153-158, 1988.
[38] Park, J. H., S. W. Sung , and I. B. Lee, “Improved Relay Auto-Tuning with Static Load Disturbance,” Automatica, 33, 711-715, 1997.
[39] Wang, Q. G., M. Liu, C. C. Hang, and W. Tang, “Robust Process Identification from Relay Tests in the Presence of Nonzero Initial Conditions and Disturbance,” Industrial & Engineering Chemistry Research, 45, 4063-4070, 2006.
[40] Hwang, S. H. and L. W. Wang, “On the Identification and Model Reduction of Processes under Unknown Load Disturbances,” Industrial & Engineering Chemistry Research, 42, 1905-1913, 2003.
[41] Hwang, S. H., H. C. Ling, and S. J. Shiu, “Robust Identification of Continuous Parametric Models Based on Multiple Sinusoidal Testing under Slow or Periodic Disturbances,” Industrial & Engineering Chemistry Research, 43, 6125-6135, 2004.
[42] Liu, T. and F. Gao, “Robust Step-Like Identification of Low-Order Process Model under Nonzero Initial Conditions and Disturbances,” IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control, 53, 2690-2695, 2008.
[43] Broome, P. W., “Discrete Orthonormal Sequences,” Journal of the Association for Computing Machinery, 12, 151-168, 1965.
[44] Wahlberg, B., “System Identification Using Laguerre Models,” IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control, 36, 551-562, 1991.
[45] Wahlberg, B., “System Identification Using Kautz Models,” IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control, 39, 1276-1282, 1994.
[46] Wahlberg, B. and P. M. Mäkilä, “Approximation of Stable Linear Dynamical Systems Using Laguerre and Kautz Functions,” Automatica, 32, 693-708, 1996.
[47] Heuberger, P. S. C., P. M. J. Van den Hof, and O. H. Bosgra, “A Generalized Orthonormal Basis for Linear Dynamical Systems,” IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control, 40, 451-465, 1995.
[48] Ninness, B. and F. Gustafsson, “A Unifying Construction of Orthonomal Bases for System Identification,” IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control, 42, 515-521, 1997.
[49] Dankers, A. and D. Westwick, “Nonlinear System Identification Using Optimally Selected Laguerre Filter Banks,” Proceedings of the 2006 American Control Conference, Minneapolis, 2369-2374, 2006.
[50] Gunther, J. H. and R. López-Valcarce, “Blind Input, Initial State, and System Identification of SIMO Laguerre Systems,” IEEE Transactions on Signal Processing, 52, 3357-3369, 2004.
[51] Lecchini, A. and M. Gevers, “Explicit Expression of the Parameter Bias in Identification of Laguerre Models from Step Responses,” System & Control Letters, 52, 149-165, 2004.
[52] Ricardo J. G. B. Campello, C. do Amaral Wagner, and Favier Gérard, “A Note on the Optimal Expansion of Volterra Models Using Laguerre Functions,” Automatica, 42, 683-693, 2006.
[53] Billings, S. A., “Identification of Non-linear Systems-A Survey,” IEE Proceedings D: Control Theory & Applications, 127, 272-285, 1980.
[54] Doyle III, F. J., R. K. Pearson, and B. A. Ogunnaike, Identification and Control Using Volterra Models, Springer-Verlag: London, 2002.
[55] Eykhoff, P., System Identification: Parameter and State Estimation, Wiley: Chichester, 1974.
[56] Rung, W. J., Nonlinear System Theory: The Volterra/Wiener Approach, Johns Hopkins University Press: Baltimore, 1981.
[57] Donoho, D. L., and I. M. Johnstone, “Ideal Spatial Adaptation by Wavelet Shrinkage,” Biometrika, 81, 425-455, 1994.
[58] Mallat, S., “A Theory for Multi-resolution Signal Decomposition: The Wavelet Representation,” IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, 11, 674-693, 1989.
[59] Strang, G. and T. Nguyen, Wavelets and Filter Banks, revised edition, Wellesley-Cambridge: Wellesley, 1998.
[60] Wood, R. and M. W. Berry, “Terminal Composition Control of a Binary Distillation Column,” Chemical Engineering Science, 28, 1707-1717, 1973.

------------------------------------------------------------------------ 第 8 筆 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
系統識別號 U0026-1208201116123500
論文名稱(中文) IEEE 802.11e無線網狀網路上採比例原則並考慮延遲限制之頻寬分配
論文名稱(英文) A Propotional Bandwidth Allocation Considering Delay Constraint for Wireless Mesh Networks Using IEEE 802.11e
校院名稱 成功大學
系所名稱(中) 電腦與通信工程研究所
系所名稱(英) Institute of Computer & Communication
學年度 99
學期 2
出版年 100
研究生(中文) 黃韋滄
學號 Q36984317
學位類別 碩士
語文別 英文
口試日期 2011-07-25
論文頁數 65頁
口試委員 指導教授-謝錫堃
共同指導教授-黃文祥
口試委員-曾黎明
口試委員-鄭憲宗
口試委員-周立德
關鍵字(中) 無線網狀網路
頻寬分配
即時性應用
公平性
關鍵字(英) Wireless Mesh Networks
bandwidth allocation
real-time applications
fairness
學科別分類
中文摘要 無線網狀網路(Wireless Mesh Networks)拓展了無線區域網路的涵蓋範圍限制,提供大量的使用者封包經由網狀網路路由器多跳的轉送來存取網際網路。然而在這樣的環境下,使用者的經驗品質(QoE)卻會因所在位置及周邊的網路流量而產生明顯的差異。先前的研究探討了此環境中的問題,並提出使用頻道存取控制(channel access)或佇列管理(queue management)方式來解決流量非公平性問題,但這些頻寬分配的方式卻無法針對即時性的應用做出較好的服務。在本篇論文中,我們考慮使用即時性應用及盡力傳送應用特性的差別,並在由IEEE 802.11e構成的無線網狀網路環境中提出採比例原則並考慮延遲限制之頻寬分配方法,以提高使用者的經驗品質。在論文中,我們提供方法的分析模型及和相關文獻的完整比較。透過實驗數據和分析顯示,經由我們提出的方法可解決流量不公平的問題並且提升使用者經驗品質。
英文摘要 Wireless Mesh Networks (WMNs) extends the limited transmission coverage of Wireless LAN. Users could connect to the Internet by multi-hop relay from wireless mesh routers. However, the Quality of Experience (QoE) of users in different locations or with varied traffic loading is distinct in such multi-hop WMNs. Prior researches have pointed out the unfair phenomena and given solutions to this issue. Although these schemes based on channel access or queue management achieve throughput fairness among users, the delay and bandwidth may not conform to the requirements of real-time applications because the channel resource are fairly shared to all uses. In this thesis, we consider the difference in playout systems between best-effort service and real-time applications. A proportional bandwidth allocation considering delay constraint is proposed to enhance the QoE of users for wireless mesh networks using the IEEE 802.11e standard. Analytical model of the proposed scheme and comprehensive comparison among related researches are given. From the simulation results, the proposed scheme outperforms previously proposed schemes for various performance metrics.
論文目次 摘要 I
Abstract II
誌謝 IV
Contents V
Figures VII
Tables IX
CHAPTER 1 Introduction 1
1.1. Environment and study issues 1
1.2. Motivation 3
1.3. Contribution 4
1.4. Organization of the Thesis 5
CHAPTER 2 Background and Related Works 6
2.1. Wireless Mesh Networks (WMN) 6
2.2. Unfairness using IEEE 802.11 MAC protocol in WMN 8
2.2.1. Hidden Node Problem 8
2.2.2. Hop-count Unfairness 9
2.2.3. Channel-sharing Unfairness 10
2.3. IEEE 802.11e MAC 11
2.4. Related work 15
2.4.1. Queue management 15
2.4.2. Load balancing channel access mechanism 17
CHAPTER 3 Proportional Bandwidth Allocation Considering Delay Constraint 20
3.1. Network model 20
3.2. Main idea 22
3.3. PB Allocation system overview 24
3.3.1. Learning process for number of active users 24
3.3.2. Compensative polling 26
3.3.3. Low delay pass filter 27
3.3.4. Weighted enqueue 31
3.4. Analysis Model for PB Allocation 33
3.4.1. Channel sharing condition 33
3.4.2. Hop count condition 36
CHAPTER 4 Performance Evaluation 38
4.1. Model Verification 38
4.2. Experiment Environment and Parameters Setting 42
4.3. Scenario 1 43
4.3.1 Throughput fairness 44
4.3.2 Packet delivery and loss ratio 48
4.3.3 End-to-End Delay 51
4.3.4 Reconstructed video 54
4.4. Scenario 2 57
CHAPTER 5 Conclusion and Future Work 61
References 62
參考文獻 [1] R. Hiertz, et al., “IEEE 802.11s: the WLAN Mesh Standard,” IEEE Wireless Communications, Volume 17, Issue 1, Page 104-111, 2010
[2] S. Xu and T. Saadawi, “Does the IEEE 802.11 MAC protocol work well in multihop wireless ad hoc networks?,” IEEE Communications Magazine, Volume 39, Issue 6, Page 130-137, 2001
[3] H. Hsieh and R. Sivakumar, “IEEE 802.11 over multi-hop wireless networks: problems and new perspectives,” IEEE Vehicular Technology Conference, Page 748-752, 2002
[4] A .Raniwala, et al., “End-to-End Flow Fairness over IEEE 802.11-based Wireless Mesh Networks,” IEEE International Conference on Computer Communications, Page 2361-2365, 2007
[5] G.Hiertz, et al., “IEEE 802.11s – Mesh Deterministic Access,” European
Wireless Conference, Page 1-8, 2008
[6] IEEE Standard for Information Technology - Telecommunications and Information Exchange Between Systems - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific Requirements Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications Amendment 8: Medium Access Control (MAC) Quality of Service Enhancements, IEEE Standard, 2005
[7] S. Lee and C. Yoo, “Hop-Based Priority Technique Using 802.11e for Multimedia Streaming,” IEEE Transactions on Consumer Electronics, Volume 56, Issue 1, Page 48-53, 2010
[8] Y. Bae, et al., “Packet management scheme for location-independent end-to-end delay in IEEE 802.11s multi-hop wireless mesh networks,” International Conference on Telecommunications, Page 1-8, 2008
[9] J. Li, et al., “Adaptive per hop differentiation for end-to-end delay assurance in multihop wireless networks,” ACM Ad Hoc Networks, Volume 7, Issue 6, 2009
[10] M. Kim, et al., “EDCA-TM: IEEE 802.11e MAC Enhancement for wireless Multi-hop Networks,” IEEE Wireless Communications and Networking Conference, Page 1-6, 2009
[11] K. Wakuda, et al., “A Packet Scheduling Algorithm for Max-min Fairness in Multihop Wireless LANs,” ACM Computer Communications, Volume 32, Issue 13-14, 2009
[12] N. Nandiraju, et al., “Service Differentiation in IEEE 802.11s Mesh Networks: A Dual Queue Strategy,” IEEE Military Communication Conference, Page 1-7, 2007
[13] L. Romdhani, et al., “Adaptive EDCF: Enhanced Service Differentiation for IEEE 802.11 Wireless Ad-Hoc Networks,” IEEE Wireless Communications and Networking Conference, Page 1373-1378, 2003
[14] V. Siris, et al., “Optimal CWmin Selection for Achieving Proportional Fairness in Multi-Rate 802.11e WLANs: Test-bed Implantation and Evaluation,” ACM International Workshop on Wireless Network Testbeds, Experimental Evaluation & Characterization, Page 41-48, 2006
[15] S. Nahle, et al., “Graph-based Approach for Enhancing Capacity and Fairness in Wireless Mesh Networks,” IEEE Global Telecommunications Conference, Page 1-7, 2009
[16] M. Razzaque, et al., “Aggregated traffic flow weight controlled hierarchical MAC protocol for wireless sensor networks,” Annals of Telecommunications, Volume 64, Page 705-721, 2009
[17] J. Lee, et al., “Distributed Fair Scheduling for Wireless Mesh Networks Using IEEE 802.11,” IEEE Transaction on Vehicular Technology, Volume 59, Issue 9, Page 4467-4475, 2010
[18] T. Li, et al., “Achieving End-to-end Fairness in 802.11e Based Wireless Multi-Hop Mesh Networks without Coordination,” ACM Mobile Networks and Applications, Volume 16, Issue 1, Page 17-34, 2011
[19] X. Chu, “Provisioning of Parameterized Quality of Service in 802.11e Based Wireless Mesh Networks,” ACM Mobile Networks and Applications, Volume 13, Issue 1-2, Page 6-18, 2008
[20] A. Raniwala and T. Chieh, “Architecture and Algorithms for an IEEE-802.11-based Multi-channel Wireless Mesh Network,” IEEE INFOCOM 24th Annual Joint Conference of the IEEE Computer and Communications Societies, Page 2223-2224, 2005
[21] J. Lee, et al., “An Incentive-Based Fairness Mechanism for Multi-hop Wireless Backhaul Networks with Selfish Nodes,” IEEE Transactions on Wireless Communications, Volume 7, Issue 2, Page697-704, 2008
[22] G. Bianchi, “Performance Analysis of the IEEE 802.11 Distributed Coordination Function,” IEEE Journal on Selected Areas in Communications, Volume 18, Issue 3, Page 535-547, 2000
[23] C. Huang and W. Liao, “Throughput and Delay Performance of IEEE 802.11e Enhanced Distributed Channel Access (EDCA) Under Saturation Condition,” IEEE Transaction on Wireless Communications, Volume 6, Issue 1, Page 136-145, 2007
[24] “YUV video sequences (QCIF), http://www.tkn.tu-berlin.de/reserach/evalvid/qicf.html”
[25]”ffmpeg, http://ffmpeg.source forge.net/index.php”
[26] “ITU-T Recommendation G.114, http://eu.sabotage.org/www/ITU/G/G0114e1.pdf”
[27] “Understanding Delay in Packet Voice Networks, CISCO document ID 5125, http://www.cisco.com/en/US/tech/tk652/tk698/technologies_white_paper09186a00800a8993.shtml”
[28] T. Stockhammer, et al., “H.264/AVC Video for Wireless Transmission,” IEEE Wireless Communications, Volume 12, Issue 4, Page 6-13, 2005
[29] T. Liu and W. Liao, “Location-Dependent Throughput and Delay in Wireless Mesh Networks,” IEEE Transactions on Vehicular Technology, Volume 57, Issue 2, Page 1188-1198, 2008.
[30] R. Carrano, et al., “IEEE 802.11s Multihop MAC: A Tutorial,” IEEE Communications Surveys & Tutorials, Volume 13, Issue 1, Page 56-67, 2011
[31] W. Conner, et al., “IEEE 802.11s Tutorial Overview of the Amendment for Wireless Local Area Mesh Networking, http://www.ieee802.org/802_tutorials/06-November/802.11s_Tutorial_r5.pdf,” IEEE 802 Plenary, 2006

------------------------------------------------------------------------ 第 9 筆 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
系統識別號 U0026-1406201115241800
論文名稱(中文) 智慧型手機行動銀行消費者使用行為意圖研究─以理性行為理論及科技接受模型觀點
論文名稱(英文) An Empirical Study of Consumer’s Behavioral Intention of Smart Phone Mobile Banking—Based on the Theory of Reasoned Action and Technology Acceptance Model
校院名稱 成功大學
系所名稱(中) 高階管理碩士在職專班(EMBA)
系所名稱(英) Executive Master of Business Administration (EMBA)
學年度 99
學期 2
出版年 100
研究生(中文) 柯燕茹
學號 R07981309
學位類別 碩士
語文別 中文
口試日期 2011-05-28
論文頁數 111頁
口試委員 指導教授-蔡明田
指導教授-蔡惠婷
口試委員-莊立民
口試委員-李國瑋
關鍵字(中) 理性行為理論
科技接受模型
行動銀行
智慧型手機
信任
關鍵字(英) Theory of Reasoned Action
Technology Acceptance Model
Mobile Banking
Smartphone
Trust
學科別分類
中文摘要 台灣地區銀行業者在面臨2005年雙卡卡債風暴與2008年全球金融風暴的衝擊後,對於業務拓展一直採取保守的態度;直到近期,創新科技智慧型手機市場的蓬勃發展,才引起銀行業者對於行動金融服務的關注,進而投入資源發展「智慧型手機行動銀行」業務,以提供消費者更便利、更即時、更有效率且不受時間、地點限制,就可取得金融資訊或進行金融交易的創新服務通路。

然而,台灣地區銀行業者如何能對於「智慧型手機行動銀行」的投資策略更明確,最重要的關鍵因素就在於瞭解消費者行為意圖;因此,本研究除將整合Fishbein and Ajzen(1975)提出之理性行為理論與Davis(1989)提出的科技接受模型為主要理論基礎外,另考量「信任」此認知因素,來測量各因素相互影響之關係如:「認知有用性」、「認知易用性」與「信任」對於「使用態度」是否有正向影響;「規範信念」與「遵從動機」對於「主觀規範」是否有正向影響;「使用態度」與「主觀規範」對於「使用行為意圖」是否有正向影響。

本研究則以便利抽樣方式,針對「已開立台灣地區任一銀行存款帳戶及持有行動電話之消費者」蒐集有效樣本213份後,經分析其研究結果,歸納如下:
一、信任與認知有用性會顯著正向影響智慧型手機行動銀行的使用態度。
二、認知易用性未顯著正向影響智慧型手機行動銀行的使用態度。
三、規範信念未顯著正向影響智慧型手機行動銀行的主觀規範。
四、遵從動機會顯著正向影響智慧型手機行動銀行的主觀規範。
五、主觀規範會顯著負向影響智慧型手機行動銀行的使用行為意圖。
六、使用態度會顯著正向影響智慧型手機行動銀行的使用行為意圖。
英文摘要 After the two successive strikes of double cards crisis in 2005 and global financial crisis in 2008, Taiwanese banking industry took more pussyfooting approach to explore new businesses and acquire new customers until recent clamor of smartphone soaring adaption rate. Taiwanese bankers take this development with a more adventurous spirit and jump on the wagon to invest the mobile banking services that will release customers from time and distance constraint to access their banking services in a whole new way in terms of ease, no-time lag, and efficiency.

Nevertheless, the pivotal factor needed to be taken into consideration at developing investment strategy is the understanding of consumers’ behavioral intention toward the mobile services. Therefore, not only this research has endeavored to consolidate both Theory of Reasoned Action developed by Fishbein and Ajzen (1975) and Technology Acceptance Model devised by Davis (1989), but also include an additional perceived element – trust, to gauge the degree of interplay between other elements, i.e. perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use, in regard to how subjective norm is affected by normative beliefs and motivation to comply, and how usage behavioral intention is affected by usage attitude and subjective norm.

The convenience sampling method is applied in this paper to collect questionnaires from those who held at least one saving account with any Taiwanese bank and had adapted to use mobile phone. The valid sample size is 213. The findings are as followed:
1.A significant positive influence from trust and perceived usefulness has occurred to affect usage attitude of using smartphone mobile banking service.
2.An insignificant positive influence from perceived ease of use has shown to affect usage attitude of using smartphone mobile banking service.
3.An insignificant positive influence from normative beliefs has not shown to affect subjective norm of using smartphone mobile banking service.
4.A significant positive influence from motivation to comply has occurred to affect subjective norm of using smartphone mobile banking service.
5.A significant negative influence from subjective norm has occurred to affect usage intention of using smartphone mobile banking service.
6.A significant positive influence from usage attitude has occurred to affect usage intention of using smartphone mobile banking service.
論文目次 中文摘要 III
Abstract IV
誌謝 VI
目錄 VII
表目錄 IX
圖目錄 XI
第壹章 緒論 1
第一節 研究背景 1
第二節 研究動機 3
第三節 研究目的 6
第四節 研究範圍與對象 6
第五節 研究流程 7
第貳章 文獻探討 8
第一節 智慧型手機 8
第二節 行動銀行 15
第三節 理性行為理論(Theory of Reasoned Action, TRA) 37
第四節 科技接受模型(Technology Acceptance Model,TAM) 42
第五節 信任46
第六節 各研究變數間關係之探討 50
第參章 研究方法 54
第一節 研究架構與研究假設 54
第二節 操作型定義 55
第三節 問卷設計與發展 56
第四節 資料蒐集方法 60
第五節 資料分析法 60
第肆章 資料分析結果 65
第一節 樣本特性分析 65
第二節 各構面探索性因素分析、信度與效度檢定 69
第三節 各構面敘述統計分析 74
第四節 結構方程模型分析 81
第伍章 結論與建議 91
第一節 研究結論 91
第二節 研究貢獻 95
第三節 研究限制 95
第四節 未來研究方向 96
參考文獻 97
一、中文部份 97
二、英文部分 100
三、網頁部分 105
附錄 正式問卷 108


參考文獻 一、中文部份
1. 王怡舜、廖奕雯(2004),「運用模式比較法探討影響消費者行動銀行使用意願之因素」,資訊管理展望,第六卷,第二期,頁43-62。
2. 王文弘、林獻堂(2008),「網路銀行消費者行為之研究—科技接受模型」,2008年服務創新與應用研討會,台北科技大學。
3. 王威智(2004),「消費者對於行動銀行服務的使用動機之研究」,嘉義大學行銷與流通管理研究所碩士論文。
4. 王怡婷(2003),「從企業資源觀點探討上中下游聯盟角色在行動銀行合作之運作模式」,高雄第一科技大學資訊管理所碩士論文。
5. 王寶成(2010),「我國建築相關人員對綠建築材料使用行為模式之研究 – 整合TRA與TAM理論觀點」,成功大學高階管理碩士專班碩士論文。
6. 王姿予(2010),「消費者使用聯合忠誠度集點卡意圖之研究-以快樂購聯合集點卡為例」,崑山科技大學企業管理研究所學位論文。
7. 呂昌明、李碧霞、陳錫琦(1996),「有捐血意圖卻未捐血者的信念探究」,師大學報,第四十一期,頁209-226。
8. 李志成(2006),「電子書使用意願模型之建構與實證-科技接受模型之運用」,2006工研院創新與科技管理研討會論文。
9. 李書華(2007),「行動銀行導入之決策因子實證研究:從銀行主管的角度」,中正大學會計與資訊科技研究所碩士論文。
10. 沈郁倡(2000),「應用理性行為理論探討高階主管對於資訊科技在企業流程改造之角色」,雲林科技大學資訊管理研究所碩士論文。
11. 辛坤全(2010),「我國建築相關人員對綠建築材料使用行為模式之研究-整合TRA與TAM理論觀點」,淡江大學企業管理學系在職專班碩士論文。
12. 吳彥寬(2006),線上拍賣之消費者信任與隱私關注,成功大學電信管理研究所碩士論文。
13. 吳萬益(2000),企業研究方法,台北:華泰文化事業股份有限公司。
14. 邱皓政(2004),結構方程模式-LISREL的理論、技術與應用,台北:雙葉書廊。
15. 林美玲(2005),「網路購物顧客接受模式之研究」,成功大學高階管理碩士專班碩士論文。
16. 林平章(2010),「智慧型手機於行動銀行運用之可行性分析-以A銀行為例」,中央大學管理學院高階主管企管碩士論文。
17. 姚志遠(2002),「行動銀行營運模式分析與行動付款機制模型之建立」,臺灣大學商學研究所碩士論文。
18. 洪惠敏(2009),「行銷活動對信用卡刷卡行為之影響─以計劃行為理論觀點」,成功大學高階管理碩士專班碩士論文。
19. 陳其生(2007),「智慧型手機之消費者行為研究─以商務人士為例」,銘傳大學管理學院高階經理在職專班碩士論文。
20. 陳建源(2009),「制度信任、認知有用性、認知易用性對消費者使用意圖之影響-以行動商務為例」,成功大學高階管理碩士專班碩士論文。
21. 陳則黎(2001),「我國行動銀行共用系統安全機制之研訂」,台灣科技大學管理研究所碩士論文。
22. 陳寬裕、王正華 (2010),論文統計分析實務-SPSS與AMOS的應用,台北:五南圖書出版股份有限公司。
23. 徐稚婷(2007),「從顧客價值效用觀點探討消費者行動銀行採用因素:風險因子與能力因子的角色」,元智大學企業管理研究所碩士論文。
24. 席時雨(2000),「銀行如何和電信業者藉由策略聯盟推展行動銀行和建構行動電子商務中金流的構面」,台灣科技大學管理研究所企業管理學程碩士論文。
25. 郭亭君(2009),「以信任觀點探討部落格使用者分享意圖之硏究」,逢甲大學企業管理學系碩士論文。
26. 張之秀(2010),「探討影響Facebook使用意圖之因素-以理性行為理論為觀點」,成功大學高階管理碩士專班碩士論文。
27. 莊淯傑(2004),「國內行動銀行發展現況與WAP行動商務安全交易模式之研究」,靜宜大學資訊管理學系碩士論文。
28. 黃國平、許慶祥、連仁宗(2006),「評估智慧化大眾運輸系統-科技接受模型之應用」,2006海峽兩岸智慧型運輸系統學術研討會。
29. 黃瓊瑤(2008),「網路銀行轉換態度與轉換行為之研究-以「理性行為理論」觀點為基礎」,成功大學高階管理碩士專班碩士論文。
30. 黃齡儀(2000),「從品質認知落差觀點看網路/行動銀行之服務品質策略:美國經驗與台灣實證」,台灣大學國際企業學研究所碩士論文。
31. 曾健豪(2007),「WAP行動銀行系統」,世新大學資訊管理學系碩士論文。
32. 馮炫竣(1999),「消費者使用電子銀行之行為研究-以ATM、電話銀行及網路銀行為例」,元智大學管理研究所碩士論文。
33. 葉慈章、黃雅祺、尹薪茹(2005),「行動銀行安全性分析」。
34. 葉瑞隆(2003),「從組織創新採用觀點探討金融服務業導入行動銀行之決策準則」,高雄第一科技大學資訊管理系碩士論文。
35. 楊雅婷(2009),「以理性行為理論和科技接受模型來探討消費者對創新科技智慧型手機的購買意願行為之研究」,南華大學企業管理系管理科學碩士論文。
36. 董彥欣(2010),「探討facebook粉絲專頁使用意圖及其對品牌形象、購買意願之影響:以KKBOX為例」,中正大學電訊傳播研究所碩士論文。
37. 鄭玉杰(2009),「網路銀行服務品質、知覺風險及行為意圖之研究」,勤益科技大學企業管理系碩士論文。
38. 廖偉傑(2006),B2C電子商務中的消費者信任和消費者忠誠的研究與探討,朝陽科技大學資訊管理系碩士論文。
39. 劉書蘭(2002),「消費者採用行動商務之行為研究-以行動銀行為例」,雲林科技大學資訊管理系碩士論文。
40. 劉鎮瑋(2010),「行動銀行付費系統與電子支票系統之研究」,朝陽科技大學資訊工程系碩士論文。
41. 鍾育明(2004),信任機制對網路交易意圖影響之研究,台北大學企業管理系博士論文。
42. 謝銘仁(2005),智慧型手機在物流業營業司機之接受度研究-以新竹貨運為例,成功大學交通管理學系碩士論文。
43. 蘇怡文(2001),「富邦銀行與臺灣大哥大合作建構行動銀行之經營策略」,遠擎eBusiness 電子化企業經理人報告,第二十二期,頁56-61。

二、英文部分
1. Anderson, E. & Weitz, B. (1990). Determinants of continuity in conventional channels. Marketing Science, 8, 310-23.
2. Anderson, J. C., & Narus, J. A. (1990). A model of distributor firm and manufacturer firm working partnerships. Journal of Marketing, 54, 42-58.
3. Ajzen, I. & Fishbein, M. (1980), Understanding Attitudes and Predicting Social Behavior, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
4. Ajzen, I. (1985). “From Intentions to Actions: A Theory of Planned Behavior in Action Control from Cognition to Behavior”, 11-39.
5. Ajzen, I. (1991). “The Theory of Planned Behavior” Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 50, 179-211.
6. Ba, S. and Pavlou, P. A. (2002), “Evidence of The Effect of Trust Building Technology in Electronic Markets: Price Premiums and Buyer Behavior,” MIS Quarterly, 26(3), pp.243-268.
7. Carnevale, D. G. & Wechsler, B. (1992). Trust in the public sector. Administration & Society, 23(4), 471-494.
8. Chen, L., Gillenson, M. & Sherrell, D. (2002) “Enticing On-line Consumers:An Extended Technology Perspective”, Information and Management, 39, 705-719.
9. Crosby, L. A., Evans, K. R., & Cowles, D. (1990). Relationship quality in services selling: An interpersonal influence perspective. Journal of Marketing, 68-81.
10. Davis, F. D. (1989). “Perceived Usefulness, Perceived Ease of Use, and User Acceptance of Information Technology”, MIS Quarterly, 13(3), 319-339.
11. Davis, F.D., Bagozzi, R.P., and Warshaw, P.R. (1989). “User Acceptance of Computer Technology: A Comparison of Two Theoretical Models”, Management Science, 35(8), 982-1002.
12. Davis, F.D. (1986), A Technology Acceptance Model for Empirically Testing New End-User Information System: Theory and Results, Doctoral Dissertation, MIT Sloan School of Management, Cambridge, MA.
13. Dayal, Sandeep, Helene Landesberg, & Michael Zeisser (1999). How to build trust online. MM (Fall), 64-69.
14. Doney, Patricia M., & Joseph P. Cannon (1997). An examination of the nature of trust in buyer-seller relationships. Journal of Marketing, 61, 35-51.
15. Dyer, J. H. & Chu, W. (2003). The role of trustworthiness in reducing transaction costs and improving performance: Empirical evidence from the United States, Japan, and Korea. Organization Science, 14(1), 57-68.
16. Fishbein, M., Ajzen, I. (1975), Belief, Attitude, Intention, and Behavior: An Introduction to Theory and Research, MA: Addison-Wesley.
17. Fichman, M. (1997). A multilevel analysis of trust in inter-organizational customer-supplier ties. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the Academy of Management, Boston.
18. Ganesan, S. (1994). Determinants of long-term orientation in buyer-seller relationships. Journal of Marketing, 58, 1-19.
19. Garbarino, Ellen and Mark S. Johnson(1999),“The Different Roles of Satisfaction, Trust, and Commitment in Customer Relationship” Journal of Marketing, 63(April), 70-87.
20. Gefen, D. & Straub, D. W. (2003). “Managing User Trust in B2C E-Service”, E-Service Journal, 2(2), 7-23.
21. Gefen, D., & Silver, M. (1999). Lessons learned from the successful adoption of an ERP system. Proceedings of the Proceedings of the 5th International Conference of the Decision Science Institute, Athens, Greece, 1054-1057.
22. Hart, P., & Saunders, C. (1997). Power and trust: critical factors in the adoption and use of electronic data interchange. Organizational Science, 8, 23-42.
23. Igbaria, M., Guimaraes, T. & Davis, G. B. (1995). “Testing the Determinants of Microcomputer Usage Via a Structural Equation Model,” Journal of Management Information Systems, 11(4), 87-114.
24. Jarvenpaa, S. L., Tractinsky, N., & Vitale, M. (2000). Consumer trust in an Internet store. Information Technology and Management, 1, 45-71.
25. Kalakota, R., and M. Robinson. (2001). M-Business: the Race to Mobility, New York: McGraw- Hill.
26. Key, P., and S. Martin. (2004). Assessment of Today’s Mobile Banking Applications from the View of Customer Requirements. Proceedings of the 37th Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences.
27. Kini, A., & J. Choobineh, (1998). Trust in electronic commerce: Definition and theoretical considerations. Thirty-First Annual Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences, 4, 51-61.
28. Kumar, N. (1996). The power of trust in manufacturer-retailer relationships. Harvard Business Review, 74, 93-106.
Lewicki, R. J., & Bunker, B. B. (1995). Trust in relationships: a model of development and decline. In B. B. Bunker & J. Z. Rubin (Eds.) Conflict, Cooperation and Justice, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
29. Mari, S., and M. Minna. (2004). “Mobile banking and consumer behaviour: New insights into the diffusion pattern.” Journal of Financial Services Marketing, 8(4): 354-366.
30. Mayer, R. C., Davis, J. H., & Schoorman, F. D. (1995). An integration model of organizational trust. Academy of Management Review, 20, 709-734.
31. McAllister, D. J. (1995). Affect- and cognition-based trust as foundations for interpersonal cooperation in organizations. Academy of Management Journal, 38, 24-59.
32. McKnight, D. H., Cummings, L. L., & Chervany, N. L. (1998). Initial trust formation in new organizational relationships. Academy of Management Review, 23, 472-490.
33. Moore, G. C. & Benbasat, I. (1991). Development of an Instrument to Measure the Perceptions of Adopting an Information Technology Innovation”, Information Systems Research, 2, 192-222.
34. Moon, J. W. & Kim, Y. G. (2001). “Extending the TAM for a World-Wide-Web Context”, Information and Management, 38(4), 217-230.
35. Moorman, C., Deshpande, R., & Zaltman, G. (1993). Factors affecting trust in marketing relationships. Journal of Marketing, 57(1), 81-101.
36. Morgan, R. M., & Hunt, S. D. (1994). The commitment-trust theory of relationship marketing. Journal of Marketing, 58, 20-38.
37. Niina, M., R. Matti, and K. T. Virpi. 2004. “Mobile Banking Services.” Communications of the ACM 47(5).
38. North, D. C. (1990). Institutions, institutional change, and economic performance. New York: Cambridge University Press.
39. Pavlou, P. A., & Gefen, D. (2004). Building effective online marketplaces with institution-based trust, Information Systems Research, 15, 37-59.
40. Ratnasingam, P. (2003). Inter-organizational trust in business-to-business: A case study in customs clearance. Internet of Global Information Management, 11(1), 1-19.
41. Rotter, J. B. (1967). A new scale for the measurement of interpersonal trust. Journal of Personality, 35, 615-665.
42. Singh, and D. Sirdeshmukh(2000), “Agency and Trust Mechanisms in Consumer Satisfaction and Loyalty Judgments,” Journal of Academy of Marketing Science 128(1), pp.150-167.
43. Szajna, B. (1996). “Empirical Evaluation of the Revised Technology Acceptance Model”, Management Science, 42(1), 85-92.
44. Tuuli, H., K. Anne, and H. Mika. (2005). Placing links in mobile banking application. Proceedings of the 7th International Conference on Human Computer Interaction with Mobile Devices & Services. Salzburg, Austria, 63-68.
45. Tyler, T. R. (1990). Why people obey the law. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
46. Williamson, O. E. (1993). Calculativeness, trust and economic organization. Journal of Law and Economics, 30, 131-145.
47. Yu, J., Ha, I., Choi, M., Rho, J. (2005), “Extending the TAM for a T-Commerce”, Information and Management, 42(7), 965-976.

三、網頁部分
1. 中央銀行(2010)。金融統計月報-各類金融機構家數。取自:http://www.fscey.gov.tw/ftp/stat/index/index-1.pdf
2. 內政部戶政司(2010)。戶籍統計資料-民國98年重要人口指標。民99年11月4日,取自:http://www.ris.gov.tw/ch4/static/st27-1.doc
3. 拓墣產業研究所(2010)。2007~2012年智慧型手機滲透率、2005~2011年台灣手機出貨比重。取自:http://www.trademag.org.tw/Upload/tam_tam/547980/%E3%80%90%E4%BD%8E%E9%9A%8E%E6%99%BA%E6%85%A7%E6%89%8B%E6%A9%9F%E6%92%90%E8%85%B0%20%202011%E5%85%A8%E7%90%83%E6%89%8B%E6%A9%9F%E6%88%90%E9%95%B7%E5%8B%95%E8%83%BD%E8%B6%B3%E3%80%91%E5%9C%96%E7%89%87.doc
4. 資策會、Change Wave Research、comScore、Nielsen (2010)。行動應用市場新風貌-內容服務為關鍵。取自:http://www.find.org.tw/find/home.aspx?page=news&id=5943
5. 資策會、國家通訊傳播委員會 (2010)。2010年第3季我國行動上網觀測。取自:http://www.find.org.tw/find/home.aspx?page=many&id=275
6. 財團法人台灣網路資訊中心(2010)。TWNIC 2010年7月無線網路使用調查報告。民99年8月31日,取自:http://www.twnic.net.tw/download/200307/1007b.pdf
7. 賴宥蓁(2010),美國民眾上網首次趕上看電視時數。DIGITIMES。民99年12月15日,取自:http://www.digitimes.com.tw/tw/dt/n/shwnws.asp?CnlID=1&cat=60&id=0000211962_JXHLZO1R5OAF9E3TYI9IA&ct=1
8. Garner (2010). Gartner Says Worldwide Mobile Phone Sales Grew 35 Percent in Third Quarter 2010; Smartphone Sales Increased 96 Percent, Retrieved November 10, 2010, from the world wide website:http://www.gartner.com/it/page.jsp?id=1466313
9. Juniper Research (2010). White Paper~Mobile Banking Goes Mainstream, from the world wide website:http://www.juniperresearch.com/shop/products/whitepaper/pdf/Mobile%20Banking%20WP%202010.pdf
10. Morgan Stanley (2010). Internet Trades. Mobile Users > Desktop Internet Users Within 5 Years, Retrieved April 12, 2010, from the world wide website:http://www.morganstanley.com/institutional/techresearch/pdfs/Internet_Trends_041210.pdf
11. Morgan Stanley (2010). Internet Trades. Smart Phone > PC Shipments Within 2 Years and Smart Phone > Feature Phone Shipments Within 1Year , N. Amer, Retrieved June 7, 2010, from the world wide website:http://www.morganstanley.com/institutional/techresearch/pdfs/MS_Internet_Trends_060710.pdf
12. Morgan Stanley (2010). Ten Questions Internet Execs Should Ask & Answer - Presentation from Web 2.0 Summit. Mobile Operating Systems-Attackers(Apple & Google) Driving Market Excitments & Momentum, Retrieved November 16, 2010, from the world wide website:http://www.morganstanley.com/institutional/techresearch/pdfs/tenquestions_web2.pdf


------------------------------------------------------------------------ 第 10 筆 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
系統識別號 U0026-1607201012034500
論文名稱(中文) 生物可分解(聚羥基丁酸酯共聚羥基戊酸酯)與不定型態聚醋酸乙烯作用下之環狀消光環球晶內之晶板組裝
論文名稱(英文) Lamellar Assembly in Ring-Banded Spherulitic Morphology of Biodegradable Poly(3-hydroxybutyrate-co-3-hydroxyvalerate)Interacting with Amorphous Poly(vinyl acetate)
校院名稱 成功大學
系所名稱(中) 化學工程學系碩博士班
系所名稱(英) Department of Chemical Engineering
學年度 98
學期 2
出版年 99
研究生(中文) 周映暶
學號 n3697443
學位類別 碩士
語文別 中文
口試日期 2010-07-12
論文頁數 86頁
口試委員 指導教授-吳逸謨
口試委員-劉瑞祥
口試委員-蘇進成
口試委員-張莉苓
關鍵字(中) 晶板
消光環球晶
關鍵字(英) lamellar
ring band
學科別分類
中文摘要 本研究使用微分掃描式熱卡計(DSC)、偏光顯微鏡(POM)、掃描式電子顯微鏡(SEM)、原子力顯微鏡(AFM)以及小角度X-光散射儀(SAXS)來探討聚羥基丁酸酯共聚羥基戊酸酯(poly(3-hydroxybutyrate-co-3-hydroxyvalerate), PHBV)和聚醋酸乙烯(poly(vinyl acetate), PVAc)此兩成分摻合系統的相容性、結晶動力、球晶型態以及晶板的構造。由PHBV/PVAc於各組成皆存在單一玻璃轉移溫度,以及均相相型態,可知PHBV與PVAc為相容系統,且PHBV/PVAc系統之作用力參數為-0.32。然而,在球晶成長速率方面,相較於neat PHBV,加入PVAc以後的混摻系統其球晶成長速率會受到抑制,PHBV的球晶成長速率隨著PVAc組成增加而下降,且產生最大球晶成長速率的溫度隨PVAc組成增加往高溫移動。Neat PHBV於Tc=60~110℃時會產生具有環狀消光環的球晶(ring-banded spherulites),然而隨著PVAc組成含量的增加,球晶消光環的規則度提高,且inter-ring spacing 會有下降的趨勢。此外,將試樣製備成塊材,觀察內部型態,可發現不論在內部抑或表面,都可產生具有消光環的球晶。更進一步的將試樣經過蝕刻的處理之後,在OM下觀察可發現,原本亮帶的部分會轉變為暗帶。而由AFM結果可知,消光環的ridge及valley處,主要分別由edge-on及flat-on的晶板構成。另外,使用不同Tmax處理試樣,在偏光顯微鏡下發現Tmax較高時,球晶成核密度會降低,球晶尺寸會變大。然而,經蝕刻之後的試樣,可發現在Tmax為190℃和220℃皆會發現在環狀帶中間都會有相反方向生長的晶板。從SAXS可以更進一步得知,PHBV和PVAc之間的排列,當Tmax較低時,晶板較厚且不定型成分(PVAc)較易進入PHBV結晶的interlamellar的區域。
英文摘要 Polarized-light optical microscopy (POM), scanning electron microscopy (SEM), differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), atomic force microscopy (AFM), and small-angle X-ray scattering (SAXS) techniques were used to probe the phase behavior and crystalline morphology in blends of poly(3-hydroxybutyrate-co-3-hydroxyvalerate) (PHBV) with poly(vinyl acetate) (PVAc). DSC thermal analysis and OM characterization proved that PHBV was miscible with PVAc. A small negative value of the interaction parameters (χ12= -0.32 for PHBV/PVAc blend) was obtained with the melting-point depression method. By compared with the growth rate of neat PHBV at crystallization temperature 60~100oC, those of PHBV in blends decrease with increasing PVAc contents. In addition, the growth rates of PHBV in blends of all compositions show a maximum value with respect to crystallization temperature (Tc), while Tc at which the maximum growth rate occurs is dependent on blend composition. Neat PHBV shows ring-banded spherulites at Tc = 60~110oC. However, the ring-banded patterns of PHBV in PHBV/PVAc blends crystallized at the same Tc become regular and the inter-ring spacing decreases with increasing PVAc contents. In addition, ringed textures of PHBV spherulites in blends are also observed in the fracture surface of bulk form samples. The AFM characterizations on the ring-banded spherulite of blend show that the ridge and valley regions of ring bands consist of edge-on and flat-on lamellae, respectively. A solvent-etching method was used to investigate the ring-banded spherulites of PHBV. The ridge bands of PHBV spherulites in un-etched and solvent-etched samples correspond to the bright and dark bands, respectively, under optical microscopy (OM) observation. The maximum melting temperature (Tmax) affects the morphology of the ring-banded spherulites. The spherulites of PHBV and PHBV/PVAc blends become larger after melting at higher Tmax, indicative of a decrease in nucleation density. Upon melting at a lower Tmax, the thickness of crystalline phase is thicker and PVAc is more easily located in interlamellar region compared to those melted at a higher Tmax.
論文目次 中文摘要 I
ABSTRACT II
致謝 IV
總目錄 V
圖目錄 VI
表目錄 X
第一章 簡介 1
第二章 原理 7
2-1 高分子相容性 7
2-2玻璃相轉移行為 9
2-3平衡熔點下降 10
2-4 Keith-Padden Theory of Spherulitic Crystallization 12
2-5球晶成長理論 15
第三章 實驗 18
3-1實驗所用之高分子及試藥 18
3-2實驗試樣之製備 18
3-3實驗所用之儀器 19
第四章 結果與討論 21
4-1 摻合系統之相容性探討 21
4-2 摻合系統之結晶動力分析 30
4-3 球晶型態觀察 34
4-4 摻合系統球晶晶板的探討 46
4-5 PHBV/PVAC三維空間環狀帶的觀察 70
第五章 結論 77
參考文獻 79
參考文獻 1. Huang, Y. Y.; Chen, H. L.; Hashimoto, T. Macromolecules 2003, 36, 764.
2. Zhang, X. H.; Wang, Z. G.; Muthukumar M.; Han, C. C. Macromol. Rapid Commun 2005, 26, 1285.
3. Andrienko, D.; Leon, S.; Delle Site, L.; Kremer, K. Macromolecules 2005, 38, 5810,
4. Zhou, N.; Lodge, T. P.; Bates, F. S. J. Phys. Chem. B 2006, 110, 3979.
5. Ho, R. M.; Chang, C. C.; Chung, Y. W.; Chiang, Y. W.; Wu, J. Y. Polymer 2003, 44, 1459.
6. Hsu, J. Y.; Nandan, B.; Chen, M. C.; Chiu, F. C.; Chen, H. L. Polymer 2005, 46, 11837,.
7. He, A. H.; Han, C. C.; Yang, G. S. Polymer 2004, 24, 8231.
8. Kim, Y. J.; Uyama, H.; Kobayashi, S. Macromolecules 2003, 36, 5058.
9. Van Casteren, I. A.; Van Trier, R. A. M.; Goossens, J. G. P.; Meijer, H. E. H.; Lemstra, P. J. J. Polym. Sci. Part B Polym. Phy. 2004, 42, 2137.
10. Anantawaraskul, S.; Soares, J. B. P.; Wood-Adamx, P. M. Macromol. Chem. Phys. 2004, 205, 771.
11. Bank, M.; Leffingwell, J.; Thies, C. Macromolecules 1971, 6, 43.
12. Nishimoto, M.; Keskkula, H.; Paul, D. R. Polymer 1971, 32, 272.
13. Walsh, D. J.; Higgins, J. S.; Maconndchie, A. “Polymer Blends and Mixtures”, Mijhoff Publishers, Boston, 1985.
14. Landry, C. J. T.; Yang, H.; Machell, J. S. Polymer 1991, 32, 44.
15. Coleman, M. M.; Moskala, E. J. Polymer 1983, 24, 251.
16. Varnell, D. F.; Moskalk, E. J.; Painter, P. C.; Coleman, M. M. Polym. Eng. Sci. Phy. Ed., 23, 658, 1983.
17. Eisengerg, A.; Hara, M. Polym. Eng. Sci. 1984, 24, 1306.
18. Aubin, M.; Bedard, Y.; Morrissette, M. F.; Prudhomme, R. E. J. Polym.Sci. Phys. Ed., 21, 233, 1983.
19. Rodriguez-Parada, J. M.; Percec, V. Macromolecules 1986, 19, 55.
20. Lu, J. M.; Qiu, Z. B.; Yang, W. T. Polymer 2007, 48, 4196.
21. Tokiwa Y.; Suzuki T.; J. Appl. Polm. Sci. 1981, 26, 441.
22. Hu, Y.; Zhang, JM.; Sato, H.; Futami, Y.; Noda, I; Ozaki, Y. Macromolecules 2006, 39, 3841.
23. Iriondo, P.; Iruin, J. J.; Fernandez-Berridi, M. J. Macromolecules 1996, 29, 5605.
24. Iriondo, P.; Iruin, J. J.; Fernandez-Berridi, M. J. Polymer 1995, 36, 3235.
25. Xing, P.; Ai, X.; Dong, L.; Feng, Z. Macromolecules 1998, 31, 6898.
26. Yang, H.; Ze_Sheng, L.; Qian, H. H.; Yang, Y. B.; Zhang, X. B.; Sun, C. C. Polymer 2004, 45, 453.
27. Na, Y. H.; Asakawa, N.; Yashie, N.; Inoue, Y. Macromolecules 2002, 35, 727
28. N. Lotti, M. Pizzoli, G. Ceccorulli, M. Scandola, Polymer 1993, 34, 4935.
29. Chen, C.; Yu, P. H. F.; Cheung, M. K. J. Appl. Polym. Sci, 2005, 98, 736
30. Doi, Y.; Kitamura, S.; Abe, H. Macromolesules 1995, 28, 4822
31. Watanabe, T.; He, Y.; Fukuchi, T.; Inoue, Y. Macromol. Biosci 2001, 1, 75
32. Asrar, J.; Valentin, H. E.; Berger, P. A.; Tran, M.; Padgette, S. R.; Garbow, J. R. Biomacromolecules 2002, 3,1006
33. Qiu, Y. Z.; Ouyang, S. P.; Shen, Z.; Wu, Q.; Chen, G. Q. Macromol. Biosci. 2004, 4, 255
34. Ouyang, S. P.; Liu, Q.; Fang, L.; Chen, G. Q. Macromol. Biosci. 2007, 7, 227
35. Doi Y. Microbiology polyester. New York: VCH Publishers Inc.; 1990
36. Mitomo, H,; Barham, P.J.; Keller, A. Polymer J. 1987, 19, 1241
37. Holmes, P.A.; In:Bassett DC, editor. Developments is crystalline polymers-2. Amsterdam: Elsevier; 1988.
38. Holmes PA.”Developments in Crystalline polymers-2” (Ed Bassett DC), Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1988.
39. Bluhm, T. L.; Hamer, G.. K.; Marchessault, R.H.; Fyfe, C.A.; Veregin, R.P. Macromolecules 1986,19, 2871
40. Kunioka, M.; Tamaki, A.; Doi, Y. Macromolecules 1989, 22, 694.
41. Scandola, M.; Ceccorulli, G.; Pizzoli, M.; Gazzano, M. Macromolecules 1992, 25, 1405.
42. Yamada, S.; Wang, L.; Asakawa, N.; Yoshie, N.; Inoue, Y. Macromolecules 2001, 34, 4659.
43. Gunaratne, L. M. W. K.; Shanks, R. A. Eur. Polym, J. 2005, 41, 2980.
44. Yoshie, N.; Saoito, M.; Inoue, Y. Macromolecules 2001, 34, 8953
45. Barker, P. A.; Barham, P. J, Polyme 1997, 38, 913
46. Sawayanagi, T.; Tanaka, T.; Iwate, T.; Abe, H.; Doi, Y.; Ito, K.; Fujisawa, T.; Fujita, M, Macromolecules 2007, 40, 2392
47. Wang, Z.; Li, Y.; Yang, J.; Gou, Q.; Wu, Y.; Wu, X.; Liu, P.; Gu.Q, Macromoleculaes 2010, 43, 4441
48. Zheng, L. L.; Goh, S. H.; Lee, S. Y.; Hee, G. R. Polymer 2000, 41, 1429.
49. Russell, T. P.; Ito, H.; Wignall, G. D. Macromolecules 1988, 21, 1703
50. Warner, F. P.; Stein, R. S.; MacKnight, W. J. J. Polym. Sci, Polym Phy. Ed. 1977, 15, 2113
51. Keith, H. D.; Padden, F. J. Jr. J. Appl. Phys., 1964, 35, 1270
52. Woo, E. M.; Wu, P. L. Colloid Polym. Sci. 2006, 284, 357
53. Huang, Y. P.; Kuo, J. F.; Woo, E. M. Polym. Int, 2001, 51, 55
54. Hashida, T.; Jeong, Y. G.; Hua, Y.; Hsu, S. L.; Paul, C. W. Macromolecules 2005, 38, 2876
55. Woo, E. M.; Chang, C. S.; Wu, M. C. Materials Letters, 2007, 61, 3542
56. Chiu S. C.; Smith T. G., Journal of Applied Polymer Science, 1984, 29, 1797
57. Miao, L.; Qiu, Z.; Yang, W.; Ikehara, T.; Reactive & Functional Polymers ,2008, 68, 446
58. Chun,Y.S.; Kim, W.N., Polymer, 2000, 41, 2305
59. Qiu, Z.; Ikehara, T.; Nishi, T., Polymer, 2003, 44, 7519.
60. Ferreira, B. M. P.; Zavaglia, C. A. C.; Duek, E. A. R.;Journal of Applied Polymer Science,. 2002, 86, 2898
61. Qiu, Z.; Fujinami, S.; Komura, M.; Nakajima, K.; Ikehara, T.; Nishi, T.,Polymer 2004, 45, 4355.
62. Tan, S. M .; Ismail, J.; Kummerlowe, C.; Kammer, H. W., Journal of Applied Polymer Science, 2006, 101, 2776
63. Serrano, B.; Pierola, I. F.; Bravo, J.; Baselga, J.; J. Master. Process. Tech., 2003, 141, 123
64. Guo, Q.; Liu, Z.; J. Term. Anal. Calorim., 2000, 59, 101
65. Gajria, A. M.; Dave, V.; Gross, R. A., McCarthy, S. P., Polymer, 1996, 37, 437
66. Kalfoglu, N. K., J. Polym. Sci.: Polym. Phys. Ed., 1982, 20, 1259.
67. Morra, B.; Stein, R. S., J. Polym. Sci. B, 1982, 20, 2261
68. Nojima S.; Watanabe K.; Zheng Z.; Ashida T. Polym. J., 1988, 20, 823.
69. Keith, H. D.; Padden, F. J., Jr.; Russell, T. P. Macromolecules 1989, 22, 666.
70. Wang, Z.; Jiang, B. Z. Macromolecules 1997, 30, 6223
71. Wang, Z.; Wang, X.; Yu D.; Jiang. B. Z., Polymer 1997, 38, 5897
72. Wang, Z.; Wang, X.; An L.; Jiang, W.; Jiang, B.; Wang, X. J Polym. Sci Part B: Polym. Phys. 1999, 37, 2682.
73. Li, W.; Yan, R.; Jiang, X.; Jiang, B. Macromol. Sci. Phys. 1992, B31, 227.
74. Wang, Z.; An, L.; Jiang, B.; Wang, X. Macromol. Rapid Commun., 1998, 19, 131.
75. Keller, A. J. Polym. Sci. 1955, 17, 291
76. Keller, A. J. Polym. Sci. 1955, 39, 151
77. Keith, H. D.; Padden F. J., Jr. Macromolecules 1996, 29, 7776
78. Keith, H. D. Polymer 2001, 42, 9987
79. Tanaka, H.; Hayashi, T.; Nishi, T.; J. Appl. Phys., 1986, 59, 3627
80. Keith, H. D.; Padden F. J., Jr. Polymer, 1984, 25, 28
81. Wang, Z. B.; Hu, Z. J.; Chen, Y. H.; Gong, Y. M.; Huang, H. Y.; He, T. B. Macromolecules 2007, 40, 4381
82. A. Frömsdorf, E. M. Woo, L. T. Lee, Y. F. Chen, S. Förster, Macromol. Rapid Commun. 2008, 29, 1322
83. A. Frömsdorf, K. C. Yen, S. H. Li, S. Förster, E. M. Woo, Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 2009 submitted.
84. Hobbs, J. K.; McMaster, T. J.; Miles, M. J.; Barham, P. J.;Polymer., 1998, 39, 2437
85. Chiu, H. J.; Chen, H. L.; Lin, T. L.;and Lin, J. S., Macromolecules 1999, 32, 4969
86. Yuxizn, A.; Lisong, D.; Peixiang X.; Yugang, Z.; Zhishen, M.; and Zhiliu, F., Eur. Polym. J, 1997, 33, 1449
87. Chiu H. J. Polymer, 2005, 46, 3906
88. Hwang, S. H.; Jung, J. C.; Lee, S. W.; Eur. Polym. J. 1998, 34, 949
89. Hill, D. JT.; Markotsis, M.; Whittaker, A. K.; Wong, K. W.; Polym Int, 2003, 52, 1780
90. Chen, Y. F.; Woo, E. M., Macromol. Rapid Commun. 2009, 30, 1911
91. Rameau, A.; Gallot, Y.; Farnoux, P. M. B. Polymer 1989, 30,386,
92. Stoelting, J.; Karasz, F. E.; MacKnight, W. J. Polym. Eng. Sci. 1970, 10, 133.
93. Flory, P. J. J. Am.Chem. Soc. 1965, 86, 1833.
94. Flory, P. J. Discuss Faraday Soc. 1970, 49, 7
95. Sperling, L. H. “Introduction to Physical Polymer Science 2nd ed.”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1992
96. Hudson, S. D.; Davies, D. D.; Lovinger, A. J. Macromolecules 1992, 25, 1759.
97. Keith, H. D.; Padden, F. J., Jr. J. Appl. Phys. 1964, 35, 1286
98. Keith, H. D.; Padden, F. J., Jr. J. Appl. Phys. 1963, 34, 2409.
99. Di Lorenzo, M. L. Prog. Polym. Sci., 2003,28,663
100. Minakov,A.A.;Mordvintsev,D.A.;Schick,C.Polymer 2004,45,3755
101. Papageorgiou,G. Z.; Bikiaris, D. N. Polymer 2005, 46, 12081
102. Yuping, X.; Isao, N.; Yvonne, A. A. J. Appl. Polym. Sci 2008, 109, 2259
103. Di Lorenzo, M. L. Prog.Polym.Sci.,2003,28,663
104. Alfonso, G. C.; Russel, T. P. Macromolecules, 1986,19,1143
105. Martuscelli, E.; Silvestre, C.; Gismondi, C. Makromol. Chem.,1985,186,2161
106. Hong, P. D.; Chung, W. T.; Hsu, C. F, Polymer 2002, 43, 335
107. P. H.Lindenmeyer and V. F. Holland, Journal of Applied of Physics,1965,35,55
108. Ye, H. M.; Xu, J.; Guo, B. H.; Iwata, T, Macromolecules 2009, 42, 69
109. Penning Jp, Manley RStJ. Macromolecules, 1996, 29, 84
110. Strobl G. The physics of polymers: concepts for understanding their structures and behavior. 3rd ed. New York: Springer; 2007
111. Campbell D, White IR. Polymer characterization: physical techniques. Chapman & Hall; 1989
112. Van Krevelen DW. Properties of polymers. 3rd ed. Amsterdam: Elsevier; 1990
113. Woo E. M.; Mandal T. K.; Chang L. L., Macromolecles, 2000, 33, 4186
114. Fowler M. E.; Barlow J. W.; Paul D. R., Polymer, 1987, 28, 1177
115. Cowie J. M. G..; Lath D., Polymer Communication., 1987, 28, 300
116. Gazzano, M.; Focatete, M. L.; Riekel, C.; Ripamonti, A.; Scandola, M.;Macromol. Chem. Phys. 2001, 202, 1405
117. Xu, J.; Guo, B. H.; Zhang, Z. M.; Zhou, J. J.; Jiang, Y.; Yan, S.; Li, L.; Wu, Q.; Chen, G. Q.; Schultz, J. M. Macromolecules, 2004, 37, 4118

------------------------------------------------------------------------ 第 11 筆 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
系統識別號 U0026-1808201115305900
論文名稱(中文) 夏季海風對臺南運河周邊都市微氣候之影響與改善策略
論文名稱(英文) Influences on Urban Mircoclimate Caused by Summer Sea Breeze and Its Improvement Strategies in Tainan Canal Neighborhood
校院名稱 成功大學
系所名稱(中) 都市計劃學系碩博士班
系所名稱(英) Department of Urban Planning
學年度 99
學期 2
出版年 100
研究生(中文) 程琬鈺
學號 P26981243
學位類別 碩士
語文別 中文
口試日期 2011-06-22
論文頁數 71頁
口試委員 指導教授-謝俊民
口試委員-賴光邦
口試委員-吳綱立
口試委員-李鎨翰
關鍵字(中) 都市氣候
海風
都市藍帶
計算流體力學
都市熱島效應
建築量體
關鍵字(英) Urban Climate
Sea Breeze
Waterbody
Computational Fluid Dynamics
Urban Heat Island Effect
Building mass
學科別分類
中文摘要 因人口集中於都市,都市內綠地及水體面積減少,改由大量人工物替代,加上交通廢熱及電器排熱等原因,造成都市熱島效應(Urban heat island effect, UHI)日益嚴重,除增加能源消耗,亦讓人感到不適,因此改善都市熱島效應為近來都市規劃重要的考量之一,相關討論可分為風環境及溫熱環境兩個層面。其中引入海陸風為近來所使用的策略之一。臺灣四面環海,四季受到海陸風環流(Land-sea breeze circulation)影響明顯,本研究希望從夏季海風的角度,討論其對都市微氣候產生的影響,並引入海風改善都市氣候提出相關策略。由相關研究得知夏季海風對臺灣西南沿海地區影響最為明顯,且都市藍帶可作為引入海風之路徑,而臺南市安平區內有臺南運河流經,因此選定以臺南運河周邊環境為研究範圍。
分析臺南歷年氣象站資料,推斷夏季海風影響約開始於上午9至11時,至下午17至19時結束,並以下午時段影響最明顯。為了解當地上方風場流況,本研究將於臺南市臺南海事、安平國中及金城國中的屋頂,進行為期一週之固定式觀測;另於運河周邊和道路進行移動式觀測,以了解都市藍帶對都市內行人風場之影響。分析觀測結果得知固定式觀測結果與氣象資料分析結果一致,海風則多由西面及北面流入,另由移動式觀測得知運河周邊環境多風速較快且溫度較低,若都市開放空間配合盛行海風風向,則其降溫效果明顯。
藉觀測結果與計算流體力學(Computational Fluid Dynamics, CFD)驗證模型準確性後,進而模擬環境現況風環境,結果發現運河上方具有形成風廊道之潛力,但受街廓及高樓影響,造成部分風流受阻;另夏季海風於下午時段流向研究地區西北處時因街廓及建築物密集,使得該區雖臨入風口但整體風速仍偏低,因而針對上述兩區之風場提出相關策略。
考量現有建成環境並增加夏季海風流入機會,針對運河上方風場受阻之情形,擬定不同建築物高度及型式配置方案;針對其西北處風速偏低之情形,則以提升容積率及建築物退縮等概念擬定相關策略,並以CFD模擬各方案評估改善成效。方案模擬結果顯示運河上方之風速有增加之趨勢,推論運河旁之建物配置應配合盛行風向採漸進式樓高配置,而容積率提升及建築物退縮皆增加該路段之平均風速,但容積率提升之成效較佳。臺南市安平區因地理位置臨海,受海風影響更為明顯,而目前區內之建成環境有部分阻擋海風流入市區之情形,因此針對安平區提出相關策略以增加海風流入之比例,希望未來進行當地環境規劃時,可作為規劃者及相關領域設計者之參考。
英文摘要 The urban heat island (UHI) effect on the environment has drawn much attention from researchers in recent years. Land-sea breeze circulation is employed to reduce the UHI effect by taking advantage of the higher velocity and lower temperature, compared with land breeze, of sea breeze.
Surrounded by ocean, Taiwan, especially the southwest coastal area in summer, is greatly affected by sea breeze. But most discussions concerning this area focus primarily on meteorology and the spread of pollution. This study focuses on the relationship of sea-breeze on the wind environment of Tainan canal. And it takes Anping district of Tainan city for example, a place where land meets Pacific ocean and has canal, to study summer sea breeze’s influence on coastal urban areas.
Firstly, by analyzing the meteorological data of Tainan Meteorological Station from 2002 to 2010, it is found that sea breeze exerts its influence on the wind environment of Tainan city the most starting from 09:00a.m.-11:00a.m. and ends at 05:00p.m.-07:00p.m. In order to observe the wind environment of upper-level, an observation program lasting for a week measures wind velocity, wind direction, and air temperature on the rooftops of schools in Anping district. Instruments are also set in some places along the river and streets to observe the effect the wind environment of pedestrian level and waterbody have on urban areas. The observation result shows the sea breeze almost come from west to north in daytime, and it has better effect on reduce temperature with the location of waterbody.
After conducting the observation program, the measurements are used as the CFD simulation input data, and the result is verified by the previous observations. The simulation result shows the northwestern wind environment and the blocks beside the Tainan canal have to be improved. As mentioned above, this study proposes some strategies, such as to improve district wind environment by changing the floor area ratio, shrinking buildings, and adjusting buildings’ height alongside rivers. In the end, the result shows the strategies can improve the sea breeze flow to the buildings and blocks in Anping district, which have an effect on the sea breeze’s inflow in the summer.
論文目次 摘要 1
Abstract III
致謝 V
表目錄 IX
圖目錄 X
第一章 緒論 1
第一節 研究動機 1
第二節 研究目的 2
第三節 研究內容與流程 3
第二章 文獻回顧 5
第一節 都市氣候 5
第二節 風環境相關 8
第三節 海陸風環流 11
第四節 都市水體 14
第三章 研究設計 15
第一節 研究範圍 15
一、研究地區 15
二、研究地區氣象資料分析 17
第二節 研究方法 20
一、現場觀測計畫 20
二、數值模擬 25
第四章 實證地區數值模擬 29
第一節 觀測資料分析 29
一、固定式觀測結果 29
二、移動式觀測結果 33
第二節 環境模擬驗證 35
一、環境模擬設定說明 35
二、環境模擬驗證結果 39
第五章 環境現況分析 41
第一節 環境模擬參數 41
第二節 環境模擬結果分析 41
第三節 環境模擬結果說明 46
第六章 環境改善方案 47
第一節 研究地區之入流處改善 47
一、建物容積率增加 47
二、建築物退縮 48
三、方案模擬結果說明 49
第二節 運河旁建築物之改善方案 52
一、河岸旁建物配置及樓高調整 52
二、方案模擬結果說明 53
第七章 結論與建議 55
第一節 結論 55
第二節 後續研究建議 57
參考文獻 59
附錄一、研究地區歷史氣象資料逐時分析 63
附錄二、本研究移動式觀測計畫內容 66
附錄三、固定式實測氣象資料分析 69
參考文獻 中文文獻
3D立體熱流體模擬解析軟體「WindPerfect」,http://www.env-simulation.com/ch/index.html,環境技術模擬股份有限公司2009年6月20日
Helmut E. Landsberg著,鄭師中譯(1988),「都市氣候學」,臺北:徐氏基金會
中華民國建築物耐風設計規範(2004),http://www.cpami.gov.tw/chinese/ index.php,內政部營建署,2011年04月10日
朱佳仁(2006),風工程概論,臺北:科技圖書股份有限公司
江宙君(2007),海陸風對台灣沿海地區空氣品質之影響,桃園:國立中央大學大氣物理研究所碩士論文
李偉誠(2010),以街谷設計型式評估台灣主要都市室外人行尺度之風環境,臺南:成功大學都市計劃所碩士論文
林奕銓(2007),北臺灣海谷風環流發展之數值研究,臺北:國立臺灣大學大氣科學研究所碩士論文
林炯明(2010),都市熱島效應之影響及其環境意涵,「環境與生態學報」,第3卷第1期
林憲德、郭曉青、李魁鵬、陳子謙、陳冠廷(2001a),臺灣海岸型城市之都市熱島現象與改善對策解析─以臺南、高雄及新竹為例,「都市與計劃」,第28期,第323-341頁
林憲德、陳冠廷、郭曉青(2001b),臺灣中型都市熱島現象與土地利用之觀測解析,規劃學報第28期,第47-64頁
林憲德. (2005),城鄉生態, 臺北: 詹式書局
林憲德(2009),人居熱環境,臺北:詹氏書局
邱英浩(2009),都市水域空間對周圍熱環境舒適度影響之研究,都市與計劃第36卷第二期第173-199
香港中文大學(2005),空氣流通評估方法可行性研究,香港:香港中文大學
孫振義(2003),臺南地區都市熱島研究,臺南:國立成功大學建築研究所碩士論文
徐正杰(2003),都市環境的綠化與透水效果對於微氣候之影響-以花蓮市區為例─以花蓮市區為例,花蓮:國立東華大學環境政策研究所碩士論文
陳冠廷(2000),臺灣中小型都市熱島效應之觀測解析,臺南:國立成功大學建築研究所碩士論文
戚啟勳(1987),海員氣象學,臺北:環球
黃世孟編(1995),王小璘等人著,基地規劃導論,中華民國建築學會
蒲福風級標準,http://www.cwb.gov.tw/V6/index.htm,中央氣象局,2010年08月03日
劉昭民(1996),臺灣的氣象與氣候,臺北:常民文化事業有限公司
劉紹臣、劉振榮、林傳堯、許乾忠、林文澤(2003),臺灣西部平原熱島效應,看守臺灣專題企劃
歐陽嶠暉(2005),都市環境學,臺北:詹氏書局
蕭葆羲(2005),風工程,臺北:成陽出版股份有限公司
賴光邦(1983),敷地計劃中局部氣候之控制,臺北:六合出版社
臺南市都市計畫書圖資訊系統,http://bud.tncg.gov.tw/Urban_sys/,2011年3月20日
英文文獻
Emmanuel, M.R., (2005). An Urban Approach to Climate-Sensitive Design- Strategies for the Tropics. New York :Spon Press.
Freitas, E.D., Rozoff, C.M., Cotton, W.R., Dias, P.L.S., (2007). Interactions of an urban heat island and sea-breeze circulations during winter over the metropolitan area of Sao Paulo, Brazil. Boundary-Layer Meteorology 122:43-65.
Givoni, B., (1997). Climate Considerations inBuilding and Urban Design. New York :Van Nostrand Reinhold.
Grimmond, C. S. B., & Oke, T. R. (2002). Turbulent heat fluxes in urban areas: Observations and a local-scale urban meteorological parameterization scheme (LUMPS). 2jJournal of Applied Meteorology, 41(7), 792-810.
Ichinose, T., Lee, L.-T., Matsumoto, F., Shiraki, Y., Harada, I., (2009). Mechanism of mitigation of atmospheric Environment by Large Restoration of Inner-city River(Cheong-Gye Stream in seoul). The7th International Conference on Urban Climate, Yokohama, Japan.
Kubota, T., Miura, M., Tominaga, Y., Mochida, A., (2008). Wind tunnel tests on the relationship between building density and pedestrian-level wind velocity: Development of guidelines for realizing acceptable wind environment in residential neighborhoods. Building and Environment 43:1699-1708.
Lin, C.Y., Chen, F., Huang, J.C., Chen, W.C., Liou, Y.A., Chen, W.N., Liu, S.C., (2008). Urban heat island effect and its impact on boundary layer development and land-sea circulation over northern Taiwan. Atmospheric Environment 42:5635-5649.
Miyazali K., Masuda Y., Okadome S., Takaguchi H., Kagiya K., (2009). Hot Night Investigation under Calm Clear Condition in Tokyo Bay Area. The 7th International conference on Urban Climate, Yokohama, Japan.
Ng, E., Yuana, C., Chena, L., Rena, C., & Fung, J. C. H. (2011). Improving the wind environment in high-density cities by understanding urban morphology and surface roughness: A study in Hong Kong. Landscape and Urban Planning, 101(1), 59-74.
Oke, T.R., (1987). Boundary Layer Climates. London :Methuen.
Pearlmutter, D., Berliner, P., Shaviv, E., (2006). Physical modeling of pedestrian energy exchange within the urban canopy. Building and Environment 41:783–795.
Ricciardelli, F., Polimeno, S., (2006). Some characteristics of the wind flow in the lower Urban Boundary Laye. Journal of Wind Engineering and Industrial Aerodynamics 94:815-832.
Takebayashi, H., Moriyama, M., (2009). The evaluation of the introduction effect of urban heat island measure technology in the central business district of Osaka city. The seven International Conference on Urban Climate, Yokohama.
Xu, J.C., Wei, Q.L., Huang, X.F., Zhu, X.Y., Li, G.M., (2010). Evaluation of human thermal comfort near urban waterbody during summer. Building and Environment 45:1072-1080.
日文文獻
日本建築學會(2004),「建築物荷重指針・同解說」,東京:日本建築學會
成田健一、清田誠良(2000),都市環境のクリマアトラス,日本建築学会編著,P 83-91
吉野正敏(1978),「気候学」,東京:大明堂株式會社
阪田升、長井大祐、小原久典、高野公敬 (2007),移動境界を用いた車体周辺気流のCFD解析,自動車技術会秋季学術講演会において発表
堀越哲美(2004),「都市環境軸に関する調査研究,平成18年度都市センター研究報告」,名古屋:中部ニュービジネス協議会

------------------------------------------------------------------------ 第 12 筆 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
系統識別號 U0026-2007201015313900
論文名稱(中文) 上海市公共交通二氧化碳排放量之政策探討
論文名稱(英文) A Policy Scenario Study of CO2 Emissions from Public Transport in Shanghai
校院名稱 成功大學
系所名稱(中) 交通管理學系碩博士班
系所名稱(英) Department of Transportation & Communication Management Science
學年度 98
學期 2
出版年 99
研究生(中文) 林芝
學號 r5697402
學位類別 碩士
語文別 英文
口試日期 2010-06-08
論文頁數 48頁
口試委員 指導教授-張瀞之
口試委員-林正章
口試委員-林素貞
關鍵字(中) none
關鍵字(英) CO2 emission
Urban transportation management
Public transportation management
Transport energy consumption
學科別分類
中文摘要 none
英文摘要 This research evaluates the atmospheric CO2 emissions from the operation of the
metro systems, bus system, and rental cars that travel between the two airports in the
Shanghai public transportation system. Five designed scenarios are defined according to
the trend of increasing in the metro usage and decline in the usage of rental cars. The
finding that the thermal power consumed by the urban metro system generates fewer CO2
emissions and costs less than buses and rental cars implies that, under Scenario 4, a
reduction of 24.05% in CO2 emissions and 44.74% in energy expenses for the urban
public transportation system in Shanghai. This study further demonstrates that the most
effective transportation policies are those which encourage urban commuters to shift from
fossil fuel vehicle use to the metro transportation system. Measures and policies that
encourage Shanghai urban travelers to adopt metro as their major transport mode instead
of fuel automotives are suggested.
論文目次 Table of Content
TABLE OF CONTENT ...............................................................................................I
LIST OF TABLES ..................................................................................................... II
LIST OF FIGURES ..................................................................................................III
CHAPTER 1 Introduction...........................................................................................1
1.1 Research Background....................................................................................1
1.2 Research Motivation......................................................................................6
1.3 Research Purpose.........................................................................................10
1.4 Research Framework ...................................................................................12
CHAPTER 2 Literature Review ...............................................................................14
2.1 Transportation and GHG emission ..............................................................14
2.2 Urban transportation, GHG emissions & Energy consumption..................16
CHPATER 3 Methodology........................................................................................18
3.1 Data Collection ............................................................................................18
3.2 The key factors of transport CO2 emissions ................................................20
3.3 Fuel vehicle CO2 emission ..........................................................................21
3.3.1 CO2 emissions in terms of liter of fuel .....................................................21
3.3.2 Fuel vehicle CO2 emission per passenger kilometer (pkm) .....................22
3.4 Shanghai’s daily ridership estimation..........................................................22
3.5 Prediction of Shanghai’s CO2 emission volume in different transport policy scenarios ............................................................................................................24
CHPATER 4 Empirical Analysis ..............................................................................25
4.1 Urban public vehicle CO2 emissions per pkm.............................................25
4.1.1 CO2 emissions from combustion of diesel and gasoline ..........................25
4.1.2 Fuel vehicle CO2 emission per pkm.........................................................25
4.2 Shanghai public transportation ridership estimation ...................................26
4.3 Scenario estimation- Shanghai public transport passenger volume............28
4.4 Public transport policy scenario for CO2 emission estimation....................33
4.5 CO2 emission estimation in policy scenario in comparison with CO2 emission volume in 2009...................................................................................35
4.6 Policy indication in energy cost efficiency perspective ..............................37
4.7 Results summary .........................................................................................39
CHPATER 5 Conclusions and Suggestions ..............................................................40
Reference ..................................................................................................................43

List of Tables
Table 4.1.2 CO2 emission per pkm for the transport mode.......................................26
Table 4.2 Shanghai metro ridership on Dec. 31, 2009..............................................27
Table 4.3.1 2009 daily average public transport ridership........................................28
Table 4.3.2 The 4th quarter of 2009 daily average public transport ridership..........29
Table 4.3.3 Scenario definition .................................................................................30
Table 4.3.4 Urban public transport designed scenarios ............................................31
Table 4.3.5 Daily public transport ridership under designed scenarios ....................32
Table 4.4.1 Travel length between Honqiao Airport and Pudong Airport ................33
Table 4.4.2 Estimated daily CO2 emission volume under designed scenarios .........34
Table 4.5 Daily CO2 emissions under designed scenarios compared with 2009...36
Table 4.6.1 Maximum retail price of fuel .................................................................37
Table 4.6.2.............. Vehicular operation energy cost under the designed scenarios 38

List of Figures
Figure 1.2 Location of Hongqiao Airport and Pudong Airport: Google map shot .....9
Figure 1.4 Research flowchart .........................................13
參考文獻 Beckerman, W. (1992). Economic growth and the environment: Whose growth? whose environment? World Development, 20 (4): 481-496.
Carbon Dioxide Information Analysis Center. Retrieved on Feb. 5, 2009: http://cdiac.ornl.gov/trends/emis/tre_coun.html
Cherry, C. R. (2007). Electric Two-Wheelers in China: Analysis of Environmental, Safety, and Mobility Impacts. A dissertation submitted in partial satisfaction of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Engineering-Civil and Environmental Engineering in the Graduate Division of the University of California, Berkeley, 1-200.
Chiang, W. (2010). Shanghai rail network actively preparing for World Expo. Jie-Fung Daily. Retrieved on Mar. 13, 2010: http://www.shmetro.com/ node131/201001/con102699.htm
Chiu, C. T. (2005). The Current Pavement Technologies in Taiwan. Asphalt, 48(217), 1-11.
Delucchi, M. A. (2003). A LIFECYCLE EMISSIONS MODEL (LEM): LIFECYCLE EMISSIONS FROM TRANSPORTATION FUELS, MOTOR VEHICLES, TRANSPORTATION MODES, ELECTRICITY USE, HEATING AND COOKING FUELS, AND MATERIALS. Institute of Transportation Studies One Shields Avenue University of California Davis, California, 1-426.
Delucchi, M. A. (2004). CONCEPTUAL AND METHODOLOGICAL ISSUES IN LIFECYCLE ANALYSES OF TRANSPORTATION FUELS. Research Scientist Institute of Transportation Studies University of California Davis, 1-21.

Dou, B. (2010). Analytical report of the composition of power generation costs and its impact on the effectiveness. Report of Investigation of Civil Affairs Bureau, 1-3.
Feng, X. Z., Ji, Zou & Guo G.M. (2009). Estimation of the external cost from urban traffic congestion. China Academic Journal Electronic Publishing House: ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT. No.13, 2009.
Gallagher, Kelly S., & Gustavo C. (2008). Analysis of Policies to Reduce Oil Consumption and Greenhouse-Gas Emissions from the U.S. Transportation Sector. Belfer Center for Science and International Affairs. Belfer Center, Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University, 79 JFK Street, Cambridge, MA 02138.
Kovats R. S., Bouma M.J.,Hajat S., Worrall E. & Haines A. (2003) El Nino and health. The Lancet, 362 (9394): 1481-1489
Institute of Comprehensive Transportation of National Development and Reform Committee of China. (2007) Survey of Transport Energy Consumpion in China. Commissioned by KfW Entwicklungsbank.
International Energy Agency (2002). KEY WORLD ENERGY STATISTICS. Paris, France.
International Energy Agency (2007). KEY WORLD ENERGY STATISTICS. Paris, France.
International Energy Agency (2007). WORLD ENERGY OUTLOOK 2OO7: China and India Insights. Paris, France.
International Energy Agency (2009). KEY WORLD ENERGY STATISTICS. Paris, France.
IPCC (2007). Summary for Policymakers. In: Climate Change 2007: The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Fourth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change [Solomon, S., D. Qin, M. Manning, Z. Chen, M. Marquis, K.B. Averyt, M.Tignor and H.L. Miller (eds.)]. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA
Lee, X. X. & Tsai C. H. (2007). Method in estimating CO2 emissions from gasoline vehicles in Taiwan. Master thesis of Department of Environmental Engineering, National Cheng Kung University, 1-189.
Lee, Y. D. (2010) China Shenhua: Coal price growth rate expected to exceed the rate for last year. China Securities Journal. Retrieved on Mar. 20th, 2010: http://news.stockstar.com/info/darticle.aspx?id=SS,20100316, 30026423
McMichael, A. J., Woodruff, R. E., & Hales, S. (2006). Climate change and human health: present and future risks. DOI:10.1016/S0140-6736(06) 68079-3, 367(9513), 859-869.
Narain J. P. (2009). Climate change brings natural disasters and disease. Flickr/Taekwonweirdo. Retrieved on Jun. 5th, 2009: http://www.pacificdisaster.net/pdnadmin/data/original/Narain_2009_cc_disasters_disease.pdf
National Development and Reform Commission. (2009). Price Publication. Retrieved on Mar. 22nd, 2010: http://www.sdpc.gov.cn/jggl/ jgqk/default.htm
Nicholls, R. J. (2004) Coastal flooding and wetland loss in the 21st century: changes under the SRES climate and socio-economic scenarios. Glob. Environ. Chang., 14, 69-86.
Netherlands Environmental Assessment Agency. (2009). Global CO2 emissions: annual increase halved in 2008. Retrieved 2010-04-10: http://www.pbl.nl/en/news/pressreleases/2009/20090625-Global-CO2-emissions_-annual-increase-halved-in-2008.html.
OECD Factbook 2008: Economic, Environmental and Social Statistics. Retrieved on May. 15th, 2009: http://oberon.sourceoecd.org/ vl=4511944/cl=19/nw=1/ rpsv/fact2008/.
Peng, S., Huang, J., Sheehy, J. E., Laza, R. C., Visperas, R. M., Zhong, X., Centeno, G. S., Khush, G. S. & Cassman K. G. (2004). Rice yields decline with higher night temperature from global warming. International Rice Research Institute, 101(27): 9971-9975.
Pinto, G. & Oliver-Hoyo, M. T. (2008). Using the Relationship between Vehicle Fuel Consumption and CO2 Emissions To Illustrate Chemical Principles. Journal of Chemical Education, 85 (2): 218-220.
Porter, J. R., & Semenov M. A. (2005). Crop responses to climatic variation. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences 360(1463), 2021–2038.
Product Name: VOLVO 9300. Chinabuses.com. Retrieved on Mar. 20th: http://www.chinabuses.com/product/buses/200808/product_60.html
Ramanathan, R. (2000). A holistic approach to compare energy efficiencies of different transport modes. Energy Policy: 28 (11), 743-747.


Singh, S. K. (2006). Future mobility in India: Implications for energy demand and CO2 emission. Transport Policy: 13(5), 398-412.
Shanghai Metro Operation Center. (2010). End of the year 2009, Passenger scale peaked at 5.27 million passengers. Shanghai Metro Transportation Control Center. Retrieved on Feb. 6th, 2010: http://www.shmetro.com/node49/ 201001/con102620.htm.
Shanghai Municipal Transport and Port Authority. (2010). Urban Transportation. Retrieved on Fed 27th, 2010: http://www.jt.sh.cn/ hygl/csjt/.
Shanghai Municipal Transport and Port Authority. (2010). Operational Statistics. Retrieved on Feb. 2nd, 2010: http://www.jt.sh.cn/ hygl/sctj/index. html?pageIndex=1.
John L. Sullivan (1998). Life Cycle Inventory of a Generic U.S. Family Sedan: Overview of Results. USCAR AMP Project. Ford Research.
The Pew Center on Global Climate Change. (2007). Climate Change Mitigation Measures in the People’s Republic of China. Retrieved on Nov. 2nd, 2009: http://www.pewclimate.org/global-warming-basics /facts_and_figures/temp_ghg_trends/longco2temp.cfm.
Thomas, C. D. (2004). Extinction risk from climate change. Nature. Retrieved on Jul. 2nd, 2010: http://www.nature.com/nature/journal/v427/ n6970/full/nature 02121.html
Tsai, C. H. (2007). Taiwan CO2 emission abatement atrategic analysis of mobile sources. National Science Council Collaborative Research Project. Contract No. NSC 95-EPA-Z-006-005. Environmental Protection Administration, R.O.C.

VECC-MEP (2004). Estimating National Annual Mileage, Gasoline Consumption, Diesel Consumption. Retrieved on Jan. 4th, 2010: http://www.vecc-mep.org.cn/eng/news/news_detail.jsp?newsid=e00426#.
Westerling, A. L., Hidalgo, H. G., Cayan, D. R., & Swetnam, T. W. (2006). Warming and earlier spring increase western U.S. forest wildfire activity. Science: 313: 940–943.
Wang, H. Y. (2001). Discussion on Grounding. Retrieved on Mar. 25th, 2010: www.cma-lpinfo.gov.cn/lpinfo/Download/jdzmwt_why.pdf.
World Wildlife Fund. (2005). An overview of glaciers, glacier retreat, and subsequent impacts in Nepal, India and China. World Wildlife Fund, Nepal Programme.
Yang, H. (2009). Average Fuel Consumption: 8.06L- Automotive Actual Fuel Consumption First-Time Ranking. China Radio International. Retrieved on Feb. 11th, 2010: http://big5.cri.cn/gate/big5/auto.cri.cn/ 3/2009/06/19/ 10s37795.htm.
Zhao, M., Chang, W. G. & Yu, L. C. (2009). Resident Travel Modes and CO2 Emissions by Traffic in Shanghai City. RESEARCH OF ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES, 22(6), 748-752.

------------------------------------------------------------------------ 第 13 筆 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
系統識別號 U0026-2007201113452400
論文名稱(中文) 以SEED CA模型探討台南市五期重劃區之建地成長特性
論文名稱(英文) Using SEED CA model to study the behavior of built-up areas growth of the fifth district of urban consolidation in Tainan City
校院名稱 成功大學
系所名稱(中) 都市計劃學系碩博士班
系所名稱(英) Department of Urban Planning
學年度 99
學期 2
出版年 100
研究生(中文) 謝雅婷
學號 P26984071
學位類別 碩士
語文別 中文
口試日期 2011-06-24
論文頁數 82頁
口試委員 指導教授-林峰田
口試委員-鄒克萬
口試委員-林漢良
口試委員-吳彩珠
關鍵字(中) 市地重劃
空間多準則評估
SEED CA模型
關鍵字(英) Urban Consolidation
Multi-Criteria Evaluation
SEED CA Model
學科別分類
中文摘要   市地重劃後的新開發區具有街廓大且完整、道路及公共設施配置完成等情形,造成市地重劃區的土地開發因素眾多,但必然有一發展特性。本研究以台南市五期重劃區為研究範圍,探討1986~2006年新開發區的建地成長情形及特性。台南市五期重劃區過去為台江內海的一部分,1970年代劃定市地重劃區後,近年來都市發展及地景變遷快速。
  本研究主要係利用空間區位條件所得的建地發展潛力模擬建地成長,利用SEED CA模型建構不同的情境模式探討建地成長特性。SEED CA模型係以發展起始點(seeds)作為都市發展的初始生長點,具有鄰近空間互動的演化特性,可以探討聚落成長或都市化過程。本研究將SEED CA模型應用於新開發區,嘗試探討市地重劃區範圍內建地生長建歷程是否呈現規則或係為隨機成長?
  本研究首先利用空間自相關分析五期重劃區的建地分布型態,並將空間熱點作為SEED CA模型中的發展起始點 ;其次應用空間多準則評估探討空間區位條件對建地成長的影響,計算建地發展潛力値作為SEED CA模型中格點轉換的基礎;最後建構SEED CA模型模擬動態的建地成長情形,透過設定不同的起始點及近鄰定義方式探討五期重劃區建地的成長特性。
  模擬結果應用不同的驗證指標評估模型解釋力,研究結果發現SEED CA模型較空間多準則評估所預測的結果更為接近實際現況,說明建地成長除了受區位特性影響外,空間互動及鄰近特性因子對建地成長亦具有影響性。此外,在SEED CA模型中,透過隨機設定發展起始點之模式可以產生相似的建地型態,顯示不論第一個建地在何處生長,經空間互動及時間演化最後形成的都市型態是相似的,此種現象類似複雜系統中自我組織的特性。
英文摘要 After taking an urban consolidation, lands have some characteristics about large and complete zones, cofigured public facilities and road. There are many factors and rules that cause the development of built-up areas on new urban consolidation lands, and it has some behaviors of built-up areas growth. This study selected the Fifth District Urban Consolidation of Tainan City as case study area to research the pattern and growth behavior of built-up areas from 1986 to 2006. This area was a part of Taijiang Inner Sea. On 1970s it has been delimitted as an urban consolidation area, since then urban development and landscape changes rapidly.
This study used development potential that based on spatial location to simulate growth of built-up areas. It studied the behavior of built-up areas growth of new urban consolidation land by constructting SEED CA model. In the SEED CA model, seeds are the initial growing seeds of urban development, and they have neighborhood spatial interaction characteristic. SEED CA model can simulate the process of settlement growth or urbanization.
In this study, first we used Spatial Autocorrelation to analysis distribution pattern of built-up area, and identified hot spots to be original seeds. Then, we calculate the development potential of each cell by Multi-Criteria Evaluation (MCE). The development potential is the main factor to change the cell state in the SEED CA model. Finally, we constructed a SEED CA model to modelling dynamical growth of built-up areas, and we setted different original seeds and neighborhoods to study the behavior of built-up areas growth.
We verified the simulation results by using a variety of validation indicators to evaluate the explanatory power of model. This research proved the validation indicators of SEED CA model is better than the validation indicators of MCE, the simulation result represent that not only spatial location but also the spatial interaction and neighborhood characteristics will affect the growth of built-up areas. In the SEED CA model, setting random seeds will produce similar built-up area pattern. It means that no matter where the first building site is, there are some similar urban patterns through the spatial interaction and time evolution. The characteristic is similar to self-organization of complex system.
論文目次 第一章 緒 論 1
第一節 研究動機與目的 1
第二節 研究範圍與內容 4
第三節 研究方法與流程 8
第二章 文獻回顧 11
第一節 土地利用變遷研究與模型 11
第二節 網格自動機模型理論及應用 19
第三節 相關空間理論 35
第三章 研究設計 39
第一節 研究架構 39
第二節 空間自相關分析 41
第三節 空間多準則評估 44
第四節 SEED CA模型設計 47
第四章 模型建構與模擬分析 55
第一節 研究區域概述與基礎資料建置 55
第二節 建地空間分析及發展潛力値分析 61
第三節 SEED CA模型模擬與比較分析 72
第五章 結論與建議 79
第一節 結論 79
第二節 後續研究建議 81
參考資料 參-1
參考文獻 1.Anselin, L. (1995), “Local Indicators of Spatial Association - LISA.”,Geographical Analysis, 27:115
2.Batty, M.(2005),“Agents, cells, and cities: new representational models for simulating multiscale urban dynamics”, Environment and Planning A , 37:1373 -1394
3.Batty, M., Xie, Y.(1994),”From cells to cities”, Environ. Plann. B: Plann. Design 21 , pp s31–s48.
4.Bello-Pineda, J., Ponce-Hernández, R., Liceaga-Correa, M.A.(2006),“Incorporating GIS and MCE for suitability assessment modelling of coral reef resources”, Environmental Monitoring and Assessment, 114:225–256
5.Briassoulis, H. (2001), “Policy-oriented integrated analysis of land use change: an analysis of data needs”, Environmental Management, 27 (1) : 1-11.
6.Caruso, G., Rounsevell, M., Cojocaru, G.(2005),“Exploring a spatio-dynamic neighbourhood-based model of residential behaviour in the Brussels periurban area”, International Journal of Geographical Information Science, 19(2):103-123
7.Clarke, K.C., Hoppen, S., Gaydos, L.(1997), “A self-modifying cellular automaton model of historical urbanization in the San Francisco Bay area”, Environ. Plann. B: Plann. Design , 24:247–261.
8.Cliff, A.D., Ord, J. K. (1973),” Spatial Autocorrelation” , London , Pion.
9.Corentin, M. Fontaine, Mark, D.A. Rounsevell.(2009), “An agent-based approach to model future residential pressure on a regional landscape”, Journal of Landscape Ecology, 24:1237–1254.
10.Couclelis, H.(1984),” Cellular worlds: a framework for modeling micro–macro dynamics”, Environ. Plann. A , 17:585–596.
11.Cromley, R. G., Huffman, F. Tyler. (2006), “ Modeling Situation Factors Used in MCE Procedures for Raster GIS”, Transactions in GIS,10(2): 239–251
12.Engelen, G., White, R., Uljee, I.(1997), “ Integrating Constrained Cellular Automata Models, GIS and Decision Support Tools for Urban Planning and Policy Making”, Decision Support Systems in Urban Planning , chapter 8 , Pages 125-155(http://en.scientificcommons.org/42993098)
13.GLP (2005) , Science Plan and Implementation Strategy. IGBP Report No. 53/IHDP Report No. 19. IGBP Secretariat, Stockholm. 64pp
14.Koomen, E., Stillwell, J., Bakema, A., Scholten, H.J.(2007), “Modelling land-use change : progress and applications”, GeoJournal Library ,Vol. 90,Part 0,PP1-22
15.Landis, J., Zhang, M.(1998), “The second generation of the California urban futures model. Part II: Specification and calibration results of the land-use change submodel”,Environment and Planning B: Planning and Design, 25(6):795-824
16.Li, X., Yeh, A.G.-O.(2000),”Modelling sustainable urban development by integration of constrained cellular automata and GIS”, International Journal of Geographical Information Science, 14:131-152
17.Li, X., Yeh, A.G.-O.(2001), “Calibration of cellular automata by using neural networks for the simulation of complex urban systems”, Environ. Plann. A., 33:14451-462
18.Luo, J., Wei, Y. H. D.(2009), “Modeling spatial variations of urban growth patterns in Chinese cities: The case of Nanjing”, Environment and Urban Systems,24(5):383–400
19.Ménard, A.,Marceau, D.J.(2005),“Exploration of spatial scale sensitivity in geographic cellular automata”, Environment and Planning B: Planning and Design, 32(5):693–714.
20.Müller, K. , Steinmeier, C. , Küchler, M. (2010) “Urban growth along motorways in Switzerland” , Landscape and Urban Planning, 98(1):3-12
21.Nuno Norte Pinto, António Pais Antunes (2007), “Cellular automata and urban studies : a literature survey”, (http://upcommons.upc.edu/revistes/bitstream/2099/2494/1/28_nuno_NORTE.pdf)
22.O’Sullivan, D.(2001), “Graph-cellular automata: a generalized discrete urban and regional model”, Environ. Plann. B: Plann. Design , 28:687-705
23.Overmars, K.P., de Koning, G.H.J., Veldkamp, A.(2003),” Spatial autocorrelation in multi-scale land use models”,Ecological Modelling ,164:257–270
24.Oxley, T., McIntosh, B.S., Winder, N., Mulligan, M., Engelen, G. (2004), “Integrated modelling and decision-support tools:a Mediterranean example”, Environmental Modelling & Software ,19:999-101
25.Santé, I., Garcia, A. M., Miranda, D., Crecente, R.(2010), “Cellular automata models for the simulation of real-world urban processes: A review and analysis”, Landscape and Urban Planning, 96:108–122
26.Pan, Y., Roth, A., Yu, Z., Doluschitz, R. (2010), “The impact of variation in scale on the behavior of a cellular automata used for land use change modeling”, Computers, Environment and Urban Systems, 34:400-408
27.Piyathamrongchai, K., Batty, M. (2007) ,“Integrating Cellular Automata and Regional Dynamics Using GIS- The Dynamic Settlement Simulation Model (DSSM)”, GeoJournal Library, 90, Part IV,pp259-279
28.Poelmans, L., Rompaey, A.V.(2010), “Complexity and performance of urban expansion models”, Computers,Environment and Urban Systems, 34:17-27
29.Robinson, D.T., Brown, D.G.(2009), “Evaluating the effects of land-use development policies on ex-urban forest cover : An integrated agent-based GIS approach”, International Journal of Geographical Information Science, 23(9):1211-1232
30.Tobler, W.(1979) ,“Cellular Geography,” In: Gale, S. and Olsson, G. (eds.) Philosophy in Geography, Reidel, pp379-386
31.Torrens, P.M. (2000), ”How cellular models of urban systems work (1. theory)”, (CASA Working Papers 28). Centre for Advanced Spatial Analysis (UCL): London, UK(http://eprints.ucl.ac.uk/1371/1/paper28.pdf)
32.Torrens, P.M. (2002),“SprawlSim : Modeling sprawling urban growth using Aautomata-based models” , in Parker, D., Berger, T. and Manson, S.(eds) Agent-based Models of Land0use and Land-cover Change ,LUCC International Project Office, Belgium , pp.72-79
33.Turner II, B. L. (1994) ,“Local faces, global flows: the role of land use and land cover in global environmental change”,Land degradation and rehabilitation, 5: 71-78
34.Verburg, P. H., Ritsema van Eck, J. R., de Nijs, T. C. M., Dijst, M. J., Schot, P. (2004a),“Determinants of land-use change patterns in the Netherlands”, Environment and Planning B: Planning and Design, 31:125-150
35.Verburg, P. H., Schot, P. P., Dijst, M. J. and Veldkamp, A.(2004b), “Land use change modeling : current practice and research priorities”, GeoJournal,61:309-324
36.Vliet, J.van, White, R. , Dragicevic,S..(2009), “Modeling urban growth using a variable grid cellular automaton”, Environment and Urban Systems,33:35–43
37.White, R., Engelen, G.(1993), “Cellular automata and fractal urban form: a cellular modelling approach to the evolution of urban land use patterns”,Environ. Plann. A , 25:1175–1199
38.White, R., Engelen, G.(1994), “Cellular dynamics and GIS: modelling spatial complexity”,Geogr. Syst , 1:237–253
39.White, R., Engelen, G.(1997a), “The use of constrained cellular automata for high-resolution modeling of urban land-use dynamics”, Environment and Planning B: Planning and Design, 24:323-343
40.White, R., Engelen, G.(1997b), “Cellular automata as the basis of integrated dynamic regional modeling”, Environ. Plann. B: Plann. Design, 24:235–246.
41.Wolfram, S.(1984), “ Cellular automata: a model of complexity”, Nature ,31:419–424
42.Wu, F. (1998), “SimLand : a prototype to simulation land conversion though the integrated GIS and CA with AHP-derived transition rules”, International Journal of Geographical Information Science, 12:63-82
43.Wu, F., Webster, C.J.(1998),” Simulation of land development through the integration of cellular automata and multicriteria evaluation”, Environ. Plann. B: Plann. Design ,25:103–126
44.Yeh, A.G.-O., Li, X.(2002), “A cellular automata model to simulate development density for urban planning” , Environ. Plann.B: Plann. Design, 29:431–450.
45.Yeh, A.G.-O., Li, X.(2006), “Errors and uncertainties in urban cellular automata”,Computers, Environment and Urban Systems ,30:10–28
46.Zhao, Y., Murayama, Y.(2011), “Modeling Neighborhood Interaction in Cellular Automata-Based Urban Geosimulation”, GeoJournal Library , Vol.100, Part 1, pp:75-83
47.何錦杭(2006),《一個以CA為基礎之永續城鄉土地劃設支援模式》,成功大學都市計劃所碩士論文
48.李明儒(2008),《不同空間尺度下網格式土地變遷模型之敏感性分析》,台大城鄉所碩士論文
49.汪禮國(1997),《細胞自動機模式與都市空間演化》,中興大學都市計劃研究所碩士論文
50.林士弘(2002),《結合宮格自動機與地理資訊系統在台北盆地土地使用變遷模擬之研究》,台灣大學土木工程學研究所碩士論文
51.林峰田、林士弘、李萬凱、孫志鴻、林建、李培芬 (2002),〈宮格自動機於土地利用變遷模擬之結合機制〉,《中華地理資訊學會學術研討會學術論文集》
52.林峰田、曾琬瑜、吳秋慧(2010),〈都市成長模擬與建地格局變遷之探討-以淡水鎮、新莊市為例〉,《台北都會區土地使用變遷模型之比較研究成果發表會會議論文集》,台北
53.林峰田、吳秋慧(2011),〈都市成長模型建構與驗證〉,《台北都會區土地使用變遷模型之比較研究Ⅱ成果發表會會議論文集》,台北
54.洪伯沂(2008),《容積率對土地使用變遷影響之研究》,長榮大學土地管理與開發學系碩士論文
55.徐豪(1997),《市地重劃發展過程及其效益形成之研究-臺南市之實證分析》,成功大學都市計劃所碩士論文
56.高宏軒(1998),《都市複雜空間系統演化自我組織臨界性之探索-有限理性典範的應用》,中興大學都市計劃研究所碩士論文
57.張永葵(2005),《應用GIS與細胞自動機(CA)模擬都市空間之擴張—以宜蘭平原為例》,中國文化大學地學研究所碩士論文
58.張伊芳(2010),《海平面上升對土地利用變遷與人口遷移影響之研究─以台北都會區為例》,政治大學地政所碩士論文
59.張笛箏(2007) 《捷運站區土地使用變遷之模擬分析-以台北捷運木柵線為例》,成大都市計劃研究所碩士論文
60.張曜麟(2005),《都市土地使用變遷之研究》,國立成功大學都市計劃研究所博士論文
61.陳正德(2003),《空間結構與行人移動之模擬-以西門徒步區為例》,台大城鄉所碩士論文
62.陳宥任(2000),《都市土地使用與運輸網路動態關係-以細胞自動體為基礎之探索》,台北大學都市計劃研究所碩士論文
63.馮正民、林楨家(2000),都市及區域分析方法,建都文化事業股份有限公司
64.黃國慶、詹士樑(2009),〈台北都會區土地使用/覆蓋變遷驅動力之空間近鄰效果探討〉,《都市與計劃》,第三十六卷,第四期,第415-443頁
65.葉季栩(2004),《複雜系統中規劃的作用-以細胞自動機理路為基礎的解釋》,台北大學都市計劃研究所碩士論文
66.鄒克萬、張曜麟(2004),〈都市土地使用變遷空間動態模型之研究〉,《地理學報》 第35期,第35-51頁
67.蔡佩璇(2009),《土地使用分區管制對都市土地使用變遷之影響》,成大都市計劃所碩士論文
68.蔡宜鴻(1998),《以GIS及CA為基礎的土地使用發展預測模擬方法》,成功大學都市計劃所碩士論文
69.賴世剛、陳建元(2004),〈應用單維細胞自動體模擬空間賽局互動系統以檢視規劃作用的影響〉,《台灣土地研究》,第七卷,第一期,第49頁至第70頁
70.賴進貴、王韋力、葉高華(2004),〈土地利用變遷與空間相依性之探討-以臺北盆地聚落變遷為例〉,《台灣地理資訊學刊》,第一期,第33-46頁
71.謝純瑩、周國屏(2002),〈應用空間自相關分析於人口老化時空變遷之研究〉,《人口學刊》,25期,第91-119頁
72.簡文謙(2002),《以GIS及非規則空間CA為基礎的都市土地使用模擬方法》,逢甲大學建築與都市計劃所碩士論文
73.顏子揚(2006),《捷運沿線土地使用變遷模擬模式之建構與應用》,交通大學交通運輸研究所碩士論文
74.顧嘉安(2010),《以馬可夫鍊細胞自動機模型模擬極端洪水對都市土地利用型態之影響─以台北市為例》,成功大學都市計劃所碩士論文
75.NetLogo(http://ccl.northwestern.edu/netlogo/)

------------------------------------------------------------------------ 第 14 筆 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
系統識別號 U0026-2007201121031000
論文名稱(中文) 村村有寬頻:臺灣偏遠地區免費寬頻政策之實證分析
論文名稱(英文) Broadband to Every Village:An Empirical Analysis of Free Rural Broadband Policy in Taiwan
校院名稱 成功大學
系所名稱(中) 電信管理研究所
系所名稱(英) Institute of Telecommunications and Management
學年度 99
學期 2
出版年 100
研究生(中文) 鄭凱元
學號 r9697110
學位類別 碩士
語文別 中文
口試日期 2011-06-30
論文頁數 87頁
口試委員 指導教授-黃光渠
口試委員-王小惠
口試委員-蔡東峻
關鍵字(中) 普及服務
寬頻
多元線性迴歸
關鍵字(英) Universal service
Broadband
Multiple linear regression
學科別分類
中文摘要 「村村有寬頻」,在一些開發中國家只是一個遙不可及的口號,但國家通訊傳播委員會(通傳會)已將這口號制定為政策目標,並一步一步落實偏遠地區的寬頻普及服務於台灣各村落。國家通訊傳播委員會使用普及服務基金,對互聯網服務供應商作補貼,並規畫在六年內,以佈署光纖為主要方式將寬頻延伸到所有沒有寬頻的村里,而這些村里的用戶,每月的寬頻線路費用在前兩年是免費的。
本研究的數據於2011年4月收集,研究涵蓋了已佈建好寬頻線路的147個村里。寬頻申裝率範圍差異極大,從零到百分之百不等,但平均普及率約只有百分之二十五。從多元線性迴歸模型可看到,教育程度、人口密度、市話線路的普及率以及高齡人口為影響寬頻接取普及率的四個主要因素,能解釋百分之七十四的變異。相較之下,關於種族,無論是原住民族與否,則無統計上的差異。
分析強調寬頻教育和電腦運用技能,在實施「村村有寬頻」政策之免費寬頻服務的重要性。這對開發中國家是一個警惕,也就是免費寬頻對於貧困和偏遠的村里,並不能保證高申裝率。此外,申裝率預測模型可以作為一個從需求方面考慮的有力決策工具,它能使決策者對於具有高申裝率潛力的村里,於等待名單中作優先的分配,使普及服務的基金分配更具效率。
英文摘要 Broadband to Every Village, a common slogan in developing countries, is a policy already implemented in Taiwan. The ISPs in Taiwan are fully subsidized by National Communications Commission using a universal service fund to deploy optic fiber to all no broadband rural villages in six years. The monthly broadband fee is free during the first two years for subscribers in these villages.
The data, collected in April 2011, for this research covers the 147 villages with broadband connection established. The subscription rates range with great differences from zero to 100 percent, but the average subscription rate is only 25 percent. Our regression model indicates that education, population density, local telephone line penetration rates and age are the four significant factors explaining 74 percentages of variation in the subscription rates. In contrast, ethnicity, whether the village residents are aboriginals or not, is insignificant.
The analysis highlights the importance of broadband education and computer skills in implementing Free Broadband to Every Village policy. A lesson for developing countries is that free broadband does not guarantee high adoption rates in poor and remote villages. In addition, the subscription rate forecasting model can serve as a powerful decision tool from demand side considerations. It enables policy makers to assign priority for villages with high subscription rate potential in the waiting list with more efficient universal fund allocation.
論文目次 摘要Ⅰ
致謝Ⅲ
目錄Ⅴ
表目錄Ⅶ
圖目錄Ⅷ
第一章 緒論1
1.1 研究背景與動機1
1.1.1 研究背景1
1.1.2 研究動機3
1.2 研究目的5
1.3 研究範圍與對象6
1.4 研究流程7
第二章 文獻回顧9
2.1 電信普及服務概述9
2.1.1 電信普及服務的發展9
2.1.2 電信普及服務運作機制12
2.1.3 各國對普及服務之定義14
2.1.4 各國普及服務執行內容及成效探討16
2.1.5 各國普及服務基金之資金來源及分配22
2.2 偏遠地區寬頻應用技術與寬頻申裝率探討27
2.2.1 偏遠地區寬頻應用技術27
2.2.2 偏遠地區寬頻申裝率探討29
2.3 數位落差及影響寬頻使用之因素35
2.3.1 數位落差35
2.3.2 影響寬頻使用之因素探討37
第三章 研究方法41
3.1 相關分析41
3.2 多元線性迴歸及判定係數42
3.2.1 多元線性迴歸42
3.2.2 判定係數44
3.3 統計資料來源45
3.4 變數選取及定義46
3.4.1 應變數47
3.4.2 自變數47
第四章 實證分析51
4.1 研究樣本資訊與敘述統計51
4.2 迴歸估計結果52
4.2.1 多元共線性測試55
4.2.2 線性迴歸模型估計結果58
4.3 迴歸估計結果對各變數的解釋意涵59
4.4 線性模型穩定度測試62
第五章 結論與建議64
5.1 研究結論與政策意涵64
5.2 研究限制與後續研究建議65
5.2.1 研究限制65
5.2.2 後續研究建議66
參考文獻67
附錄(一) 數據通信接取普及服務實施計畫(96)、(97)、(98)表75
附錄(二)「村村有寬頻」寬頻上網普及率統計(96)、(97)、(98)表85
參考文獻 【中文部分】
王小娥(2005),「寬頻網路服務市場家戶選擇行為分析」,行政院國家科學委員會專題研究計畫。
行政院研考會 (2004),「九十三年台閩地區數位落差調查報告」。臺北:行
政院研考會。
行政院研考會 (2004),「網際網路於偏遠地區應用之研究--以新竹尖石及花
蓮水璉地區之電子商務為例」。臺北:行政院研考會。
吳玫櫻(2003),「電信普及服務分攤金法律制度之探討」,國立中正大學法律學研究所碩士論文。
吳統雄(2002),「台灣網路新媒體使用行為研究」,2002 年中華傳播學會年
會論文。
周慧蓮(2004),「我國電信普及服務制度之評析與展望-以歐盟普及服務制度
之發展歷程為借鏡」,資訊通信法律論文精選。
林淑馨(2004),「電信事業民營化對普及服務影響之研究」,政治科學論叢,
22。
林嘉誠(2002),「政府資訊建設與公義社會」,研考雙月刊, 26(1),32-44。
孫立群(2005),「電信普及服務制度檢討及法規修訂」,中華傳播學刊,16(4)。
高凱聲(1998),「論電信普及服務制度之建立」,經社法制論叢,21。
陳敬如(2000),「台灣地區中等學校學生數位鴻溝差距狀況初探」,台灣師範大學教育研究所碩士論文。
陳健清(2007),「影響家用電力線上網接受因素之研究」,國立彰化師範大學資訊管理學系研究所碩士論文。
郭錦華(2008),「亞洲網際網路擴散與數位落差之實證研究」,中央大學產業經濟研究所碩士論文。
陳薇薇(2008),「社會學習與ICT 擴散-以中國跨省間數位落差為例」,中央
大學產業經濟研究所碩士論文。
曾淑芬(2002),「社會公平與數位落差」,研考雙月刊,26(1),57-62。
曾淑芬、吳齊殷(2001),「先進各國對消弭數位落差之政策分析」,資訊社會與數位落差研討會。
黃世雄(2002),「電信普及服務制度之研究」,國立政治大學社會科學學院行政管理研究所碩士論文。
黃清展(2006),「基於802.11無線網路之IPv6行動網路效能分析」,國立東華大學電機工程學系研究所碩士論文。
項靖(2003),「邁向資訊均富:我國數位落差現況之探討」,東吳政治學報,16。
葉疏(2006),「電信普及服務財務報告編製準則」,國立中興大學會計學研究所碩士論文。
詹婷怡(1999),「電信普及服務之制度與內涵」,通訊雜誌,66。
楊珍清(2007),「ADSL訊務量效能之評估與研究」,國立高雄第一科技大學電腦與通訊工程研究所碩士論文。
熊念哲(2009),「台灣WiMAX系統服務之策略分析」,國立交通大學管理學院高階主管管理碩士學程碩士論文。
劉文文(2000),「數位隔離:網際網路行為模式的經濟分析」,台灣大學企業管理研究所碩士論文。
鍾文鑑(2007),「以科技接受模式探討消費者對光纖寬頻網路使用行為意向之影響因素」,開南大學物流與航運管理系研究所碩士論文。
【英文部分】
Australian Communications Authority,“Regulatory Issues Associated with
Provision of Voice Services Using Internet Protocol in Australia”, Discussion Paper,October 2004.
Australian Competition & Consumer Commission (ACCC),“A strategic review of the regulation of fixed network services”,An ACCC Discussion Paper, December 2005
Australian Department of Communications, Information Technology and the Arts,“Review of the Universal Service Obligation and Customer Service Guarantee”, Canberra 2004.
Calabrese, A. & D. Jung (1992). "Broadband telecommunications in rural America: Emerging infrastructures for residential service."Telecommunications Policy 16(3): 225-236.
Chaudhuri, F., Horrigan ,A., Chaudhuri, KS Flamm ,& J. Horrigan(2005), An analysis of the determinants of internet access. Telecommunications Policy, 29(9-10), 731-755.
Chinn, M. D., & Fairlie, R. (2006). ICT use in the developing world: An analysis of differences in computer and internet penetration: National Bureau of Economic Research Cambridge, Mass.,USA.
Dymond, A., & Oestmann, S. (2002). Rural Telecommunications Development in a Liberalizing Environment: An Update on Universal Access Funds. Intelecon Research & Consultancy. July. http://rru. worldbank. org/Documents/PapersLinks/Update_Univer sal_Access_Funds. pdf.
Flamm, K., & Chaudhuri, A. (2007), “An analysis of the determinants of broadband access” , Telecommunications Policy ,Vol.31, Iss.6-7, pp.312-326.
Gabel, D. (2007). Broadband and universal service.Telecommunications Policy, 31(6-7), 327-346.
Hollifield, C. A., & Donnermeyer, J. F. (2003). Creating demand:Influencing technology diffusion in rural communities. Government Information Quarterly, 20(2), 135–150.
Ida, T. , & Kuroda, T. (2006), “Discrete choice analysis of demand for broadband in Japan” , Journal of Regulatory Economics ,Vol.29, Iss.1, pp.5-22.
Ida, T. , & Sato, M. (2006), “Conjoint analysis of consumer preferences for broadband services in Japan” , The Kyoto Economic Review, Vol.75, No.2,pp.115-127.
International Telecommunications Union (ITU), “Trends in telecommunication reform 2003: Promoting Universal Access to ICTs: Practical tools for regulators”.
http://www.itu.int/publications/docs/trends2003.html
ITU Country Regulatory Profiles. (2002). ITU Country Regulatory Profiles. Geneva, Switzerland: ITU.
ITU World Telecommunication Indicators. (2004). ITU World Telecommunication Indicators. Geneva, Switzerland:ITU.
James Alleman , P. R., Aniruddha Banerjee. (2010). Universalservice: A new definition? Telecommunications Policy, 34(1-2), 86-91.
Jordan, S. (2009). A layered United States Universal Service Fund for an everything-over-IP world. [DOI: 10.1016/j.telpol.2008.11.007].
Telecommunications Policy,33(3-4), 111-128.
Laffont, J. J., & ZHANG, X. (2004). Universal Service Obligations in Developing Countries [J]. Contemporary Finance & Economics, 1.
LaRose, R., S. Strover, et al. (2011). "The impact of rural broadband development: Lessons from a natural field experiment." Government Information Quarterly 28(1): 91-100.
Light, J. S. (2001). Rethinking the Digital Divide. Harvard Educational Review, 71(4), 709-733
Madden, G. , & Coble-Neal, G. (2003),“Internet use in rural and remote western Australia” , Telecommunications Policy, Vol 27, Issue 3-4,
Madden, G. , & Simpson, M. (1997), “Residential broadband choice subscription demand :An econometric analysis of Australian experiment data” ,Applied Economics, Vol.29, No.8, pp.1073-1078
Milne, C “Telecoms demand: measures for improving affordability in developiong countries – A toolkit for action”Main report, Media@LSE, January 2006.
Mitomo, H., & Tajiri, N. (2010). Provision of universal service and access over IP networks in Japan. [doi: DOI: 10.1016/j.telpol.2009.11.003].Telecommunications Policy, 34(1-2), 98-109.
Moutafides, G. M. , & A. A. Economides (2011). "Demand for broadband access in Greece." Telematics and Informatics 28(2): 125-141.
Mueller, M. (1997). Universal service: Competition, telephone interconnection, and monopoly in the making of the American system: Aei Pr.
Murdock, G. (2002). Review Article:Debating Digital Divides. European Journal of Communication, 17(3), 385-390
Napoli, P. (2001). The localism principle in communications policymaking and policy analysis: Ambiguity, inconsistency, and empirical neglect. Policy Studies
Journal, 29(3), 372-387.
National Telecommunication and information Administration, N.(1999). Falling throygh the net:Defining the digital divide.
National Telecommunication and information Administration, N.(1997). Falling throygh the net:New data and digital divide.
Norris, P. (2001). Digital Divide: Civic Engagement,Information Poverty, and the Internet Worldwide.
OECD,“Universal Service Obligations and Broadband”, Paris 2003. DSTI/ICCP/TISP(2002)4/FINAL.
Ofcom, (UK Office of Communications), Strategic Review Telecommunications, Phase 2, Consultation Document (2004a).Annex K, “Universal Service: Future Scope and Funding”. Available at http://www.ofcom.org.uk
Ofcom (UK Office of Communications), Strategic Review of Telecommunications, Phase 1, Consultation Document. (2004b). Available at http://www.ofcom.org.uk
Ofcom, (UK Office of Communications), “Review of the Universal Service Obligation,” 10 January 2005. Available at http://www.ofcom.gov.org.uk
OSIPTEL, “Telecommunications Sector in Peru presentation to APEC TEL28”, Paper presented by Liliana Ruiz de Alonso www.apectelwg.org/apec/atwg/previous.html#16, 2003.
Picot, A., & Wernick, C. (2007). The role of government in broadband access. Telecommunications Policy, 31(10-11), 660-674.
Prahalad, C.K. , & A. Hammond, ( 2002). “Serving the world’s poor, profitably”. Harvard Business Review, September 2002,Vol. 80 Issue 9, p 48.
Preston, P., A. Cawley, et al. (2007). "Broadband and rural areas in the EU: From technology to applications and use."Telecommunications Policy 31(6-7): 389-400.
Rappoport, P. , Kridel, D. , Taylor, L. , Duffy-Deno, K. , & Alleman,J.(2002),“ Residential demand for access to the Economics,internet ” , The International Handbook of Telecommunication Vol.2, Edward Elgar Publishers, Cheltenham.
Savage, S. J., & Waldman, D. (2005). Broadband Internet access,awareness, and use: Analysis of United States household data.Telecommunications Policy, 29(8), 615-633.
Simhan T E, Raja (2004). A low cost telemedicine kit for rural areas. Online: http://www.thehindubusinessline.com/2004/05/19/stories/2004051902.
Simpson, S,“Universal service issues in converging communications environment: the case of the UK”,Telecommunications Policy, 2004, 28:233-248.
Strover, S. (2003). The prospects for broadband deployment in rural America.
Government Information Quarterly, 20(2), 95-106.
Tanguturi, V. P. , & F. C. Harmantzis (2007). "Broadband in India:Strategic investment opportunities." Technology in Society 29(4) : 431-440.
Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (2004). Recommendations on growth of telecom services in rural India: The way forward.New Delhi: TRAI. Online: http://www.trai.gov.in/recom3oct05.pdf[Accessed on 31.01.06].
Tien, F. F., & Fu, T. T. (2008). The correlates of the digital divide and their impact on college student learning. Computers & Education, 50(1), 421-436.
Toffler, A. (2006). Revolutionary wealth. New Perspectives Quarterly, 23(3), 7-15.
Tookey, A., J. Whalley, et al. (2006). "Broadband diffusion in remote and rural Scotland." Telecommunications Policy 30(8-9):481-495.
Van Dijk, J. (2006). The network society: Social aspects of new media: Sage Publications Ltd.
Venkatachalam, S. , & S. D. McDowell (2003). "What is broadband?Where is "rural"?" Government Information Quarterly 20(2):151-166.
Warren, M. (2004). Farmers online: Drivers and impediments in the adoption of Internet in UK agricultural businesses. Journal of Small Businesses & Environment Development, 11(3), 371–381.
Wilson III, E. J., & Wong, K. (2006). Negotiating the Net: The Politics of Internet Diffusion in Africa: Boulder: Lynne Rienner.
Wood, L. E. (2008). Rural broadband: The provider matters.Telecommunications Policy, 32(5), 326-339.
World Bank Group, “Financing Information and Communication Infrastructure Needs in the Developing World: Public and Private Roles” (Draft for Discussion) February 2005.
Xavier, P, “Universal Service Obligations and Broadband,”Info, May 2003.
Xia,J.,&Lu,T.-J.(2008).Bridging the digital divide forrural communities:The case of China. Telecommunications Policy, 32,686–696.

------------------------------------------------------------------------ 第 15 筆 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
系統識別號 U0026-2108201114162300
論文名稱(中文) 台灣港口城市之都市型態研究
論文名稱(英文) A Research on the Urban Form of Port Cities in Taiwan
校院名稱 成功大學
系所名稱(中) 都市計劃學系碩博士班
系所名稱(英) Department of Urban Planning
學年度 99
學期 2
出版年 100
研究生(中文) 林成韻
學號 p26981120
學位類別 碩士
語文別 中文
口試日期 2011-06-17
論文頁數 89頁
口試委員 指導教授-鄒克萬
口試委員-孔憲法
口試委員-吳綱立
口試委員-黃書偉
關鍵字(中) 港口城市
都市型態
景觀生態學
集群分析
關鍵字(英) Port City
Urban Form
Landscape Ecology
Cluster Analysis
學科別分類
中文摘要 台灣為一海島型國家,港口城市於都市發展上扮演重要之地位。近年來受到氣候暖化、交通運輸革新、都市化等衝擊,將重塑港口城市之地景樣貌,在尚未有效管制之前提下,建成區內的自然與人為地景發展既零星且破碎,故港口城市更需要一個符合當地環境之整體規劃,透過都市型態觀察,以瞭解地景之空間分布情形。景觀生態學可衡量地景之空間配置,目前已廣泛應用於都市空間規劃之相關研究,強調區位與空間發展之重要性。因此,為了有效瞭解台灣港口城市之都市發展型態,本研究透過景觀生態學觀點、港口、都市化條件作為衡量指標,同時分析自然與人為地景,以探討台灣港口城市地景之面狀空間分布與集群特質。

本研究選用95年度起辦理之第二次國土利用調查資料,兼備質化與量化方法,探討台灣港口城市之都市發展型態。首先,透過GIS疊圖選取台灣本島港口城市範圍。其次,運用相關文獻回顧與彙整之都市型態要素與類型,繪製台灣港口城市之都市型態圖形,並加以分類與描述。為了進一步深入解析台灣港口城市之發展型態,本研究建立都市型態指標架構,先以景觀生態學指標衡量自然與人為地景之發展樣貌,包含面積加權平均嵌塊體分維數(AWMPFD)、邊緣密度(ED)、平均嵌塊體邊緣(MPE)、平均嵌塊體大小(MPS)、嵌塊體面積標準差(PSSD),再加入人口密度(POPDEN)、港口腹地面積比(PTLA)指標進行多變量分析。最後,運用因子分析歸納變數,再以縮減後之因子分析結果進行集群分析,以瞭解台灣不同類型之港口城市特徵。

由實證結果得知,台灣港口城市依據集群特徵可分為港市多元蓬勃發展型、建築密集型、自然地景脆弱型、自然地景複雜型、一般層級型、都市零星發展型共六種港口城市型態類型。每種型態類型呈現不同港口城市之各別都市發展特質,就都市計劃而言,未來制定港口城市政策時,可依照港口城市不同特性賦予不同之措施,以提高管理之效度。
英文摘要 Taiwan is an island country, and the port cities play an important role on the urban development. In recent years, due to climate warming, transportation innovation, and urbanization , will reshape the landscape of the port cities. Without the effective control, the natural landscape the built-area are both sporadic and fragmented, so the port cities must need an overall planning for the local environment, through the observation of urban form to understand the spatial distribution of landscape. Measured through the landscape ecology is widely used in the field of urban planning, emphasizing the importance of location and spatial development. Hence, in order to understand the urban development of Taiwan port cities, the study will use the landscape ecology concepts and urban-port-based characteristics to establish indicators, and to analyze both natural and man-made landscape, exploring the spatial distribution and the characteristics cluster features of the port cities.

In this study, using land use survey data in 2006 and both qualitative and quantitative methods to explore the urban form in Taiwan port cities. First, using overlay analysis to select the range of the port cities. Second, illustrating and classifying the urban form graphs. To further understand the development of the port city types in Taiwan, this study will select some indicators, including area-weighted mean patch fractal dimension (AWMPFD), edge density (ED), mean patch edge (MPE), mean patch size (MPS), patch size standard deviation (PSSD), population density (POPDEN) and the port hinterland area ratio (PTLA) to measure both natural and man-made landscape. Finally, using factor analysis and cluster analysis to understand the different types of Taiwan port city form.

The empirical results show that Taiwan can be divided into six clusters, including multiple and flourish development type, construction-intensive type, fragile natural landscape type, complicated natural landscape type, general type, and sporadic urban development. Each type presents different characteristics of the port city development. In the future, policies on the development of the port cities may give different strategies according to the different classes of the port cities, enhancing the management of effectiveness.
論文目次 第一章 緒論 1
第一節 研究動機與目的 1
第二節 研究範圍 3
第三節 研究內容與方法 5
第四節 研究流程 8
第二章 文獻回顧 9
第一節 都市型態理論與衡量方法 9
第二節 港口城市之發展特性 21
第三章 研究設計 29
第一節 研究架構 29
第二節 港口城市之型態圖形建構 31
第三節 都市型態指標建構 34
第四節 港口城市型態之量化分析方法 37
第四章 實證分析 39
第一節 港口城市型態圖之描繪與分析 39
第二節 地景分析 57
第三節 因子分析 70
第四節 集群分析 74
第五章 結論與建議 81
第一節 結論 81
第二節 後續研究建議 84
第六章 參考文獻 85
附錄 89
參考文獻 一、中文文獻:
1. 孔憲法、林峰田、黃萬翔(2003),「台灣城鄉發展」,台北縣蘆洲市:國立空中大學用書
2. 李素芳(2010),「台灣的海岸」,臺北縣:遠足文化
3. 李瑞陽、林士強(2006),利用寬間技術與景觀生態指數分析墾丁國家公園土地覆蓋變遷影響之研究,「地理學報」,第46期
4. 李毓真(2009),海岸土地使用變遷因素之研究,國立成功大學都市計劃研究所碩士論文
5. 肖篤寧、李秀珍、高峻(2005),「景觀生態學」,北京:科學出版社
6. 吳宓珊(2008),台灣主要都市環境發展效率評估,國立成功大學都市計劃研究所碩士論文
7. 吳萬益(2008),「企業研究方法」,台北:華泰文化出版社
8. 林玉茹(1996),「清代台灣港口的空間結構」,台北:知書房出版社
9. 林彥光(2006),都市型態與能源消費之關聯性研究-台灣地區實證分析,長榮大學土地管理與開發學系碩士班碩士論文
10. 林家瑩(2003),從路網觀點探討都市發展過程中中心商業區所面臨之課題與對策,國立成功大學都市計劃研究所碩士論文
11. 林會承(1979),「清末鹿港街鎮結構」,台北:境與象出版社
12. 林慶怡、陳朝暉、鄧華(譯)(2004);Kevin Lynch著,「優質城市型形態」(GOOD CITY FORM),台北市:六合出版社
13. 邱文彥(2005),「國土規劃-海岸土地利用政策研討會實錄」,台北市:內政部營建署市鄉規劃局
14. 洪于婷(2006),地方永續發展時空變遷之研究,國立成功大學都市計劃研究所博士論文
15. 洪富峰(2001),「海港城市之轉變與城際網路研究期末報告書-以高雄、大連、天津、上海、香港為例」,高雄:高雄市政府研究發展考核委員會
16. 張守真(2000),「旗津漁港風華」,高雄:高雄市文獻委員會
17. 張啟德(1994),「景觀生態學」,台北:田園城市文化事業有限公司
18. 許泰文、張憲國(2001),「永續的鑽石海岸:臺灣海岸災害防救與永續利用規劃」,臺北市:經濟部水利署
19. 許銘峰(2008),台灣地區都市型態特徵之比較研究,國立成功大學都市計劃研究所碩士論文
20. 陳永森(1995),台灣海岸地區土地利用管理之研究-以景觀生態學應用於鹿港地區為例,國立中興大學都市計劃研究所碩士論文
21. 陳坤宏(2001),「空間結構:理論與方法論」,台北市:明文出版社
22. 陳彥志(2005),應用都市型態學於金門傳統聚落空間之都市設計管制準則,中華大學建築與都市計劃研究所碩士論文
23. 陳順宇(2000),「多變量分析」,台北市:華泰書局
24. 陳璋玲(2007),漁港多功能發展與社區營造─以南澳朝陽漁港為例,漁業推廣,第246期
25. 黃柏偉(2005),東亞城市網絡及其互動關係之研究,國立台北大學都市計劃研究所碩士論文
26. 黃書禮(2001),都市永續發展與生態都市的建構,財團法人國家政策研究基金會國政研究報告
27. 郭一羽、李麗雪(2007),「海岸景觀與生態」,臺北市:中興工程科技研究發展基金會
28. 復旦大學歷史地理研究中心(2005),「港口-腹地和中國現代化進程」,濟南:齊魯書社
29. 傅伯杰、陳利項、馬克明、王仰麟(2005),「景觀生態學原理及應用」,北京:科學出版社
30. 楊世瑩(2005),「SPSS統計分析實務」,台北:旗標出版社
31. 楊沛儒(2001),地景生態都市規劃-基隆河流域1980-2000的都市發展、地景變遷及水文效應,台灣大學建築與城鄉研究所博士論文
32. 楊恩捷(2004),緊密都市之永續性分析,國立台北大學都市計畫研究所碩士論文
33. 鄔建國(2003),「景觀生態學:格局、過程、尺度與等級」,臺北市:五南
34. 詹智皓(2003),東亞港埠城市區域位階之研究,國立成功大學都市計劃研究所碩士論文。
35. 廖嘉蓮(2000),台中港與中部區域產業發展關係之初探,國立台灣大學建築與城鄉研究所碩士論文。
36. 劉士鴻(1994),不同都市型態下交通運輸績效影響之研究,國立交通大學交通運輸研究所碩士論文。
37. 劉冉、董瑪力、宋濤(2008),新加坡"港-城"關系轉型的經驗借鑒,「世界地理研究」,第4期
38. 潘雪玲(2007),應用空間型構理論於都市空間變遷之研究-以埔里鎮為例,逢甲大學建築及都市計畫研究所碩士論文
39. 戴惠莉、黃筱雯、廖鴻基、葉建成、詹嘉慧、張慧娟、李珮琪(2004),「台灣的漁港」,台北:遠足文化事業股份有限公司
40. 戴寶村(1998),近代台灣港口市鎮之發展—清末至日據時期,國立台灣師範大學歷史研究所博士論文。
41. 謝高橋(1990),「都市的結構模式」,台北市:巨流圖書公司
42. 蘇偉忠、楊英寶(2007),「基於景觀生態學的城市空間結構研究」,北京:科學出版社

二、英文文獻:
1. Burton, E. (2002). Measuring urban compactness in UK towns and cities, Environment and Planning B, 29(2):219-250
2. Crane, D. (2000). Fashion and its Social Agendas, The University of Chicago Press, Chicago
3. Ducruet, C. and Jeong, O. J. (2005). European port–city interface and its Asian application, 2005 Korea Research Institute for Human Settlements
4. Ducruet, C., Rozenblat, C. and Zaidi, F. (2010). Ports in multi-level maritime networks: evidence from the Atlantic (1996–2006), Journal of Transport Geography, 18(4):508-518
5. Fan, Y. and Khattak, A. (2009). Does urban form matter in solo and joint activity engagement, Landscape and Urban Planning, 92(3):199-209
6. Forman, R.T.T. (1995). Land Mosaics: The Ecology of Landscapes and Regions, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK.
7. Grimm, N. B., Faeth, S. H., Golubiewski, N. E., Redman,C. R., Wu, J., Bai, X. and Briggs, J. M. (2008). Global change and the ecology of cities, Science, 319(5864):756–760
8. Herold, M., Scepan, J. and Clarke, K.C. (2002). The use of remote sensing and landscape metrics to describe structures and changes in urban land uses, Environment and Planning A, 34(8):1443–1458
9. Huang, J., Lu, X. X. and Sellers, J. M. (2007). A global comparative analysis of urban form: applying spatial metrics and remote sensing, Landscape and Urban Planning, 82(4):184–197
10. Huang, S. L., Wang, S. H., and Budd, W. W. (2009). Sprawl in Taipei’s Peri-urban Zone: Responses to Spatial Planning and Implications for Adapting Global Environmental Change, Landscape and Urban Planning, 90(1):20-32
11. Irene Preeti Divien Gangai and Ramachandran S. (2010). The role of spatial planning in coastal management-A case study of Tuticorin coast (India), Land Use Policy, 27(2):518-534
12. Kashef, M. (2008). Architects and planners approaches to urban form and design in the Toronto region: A comparative analysis, Geoforum, 39(1):414-437
13. Lee, S. W. (2005). Interaction between city and port in Asian hub port cities, Unpublished PhD Dissertation in Urban Planning, University of Seoul.
14. Lee, S. W., Song, D. W. and Ducruet, C. (2008). A tale of Asia's world ports: The spatial evolution in global hub port cities, Geoforum, 39(1):372-385
15. Leitao, A. B. and Ahern, J. (2002). Applying landscape ecological concepts and metrics in sustainable landscape planning, Landscape and Urban Planning, 59(2):65–93
16. Lynch, K. (1981). Good City Form, Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press.
17. Marshall, S. (2005). Urban Pattern Specification, London: Institute of Community Studies
18. Mccalla, R. J., Slack, B. and Comtois, C. (2004). Dealing with globalization at the regional and local level: the case of contemporary containerization, Canadian Geographer, 48(4):473–487
19. Palmer J. F. (2004). Using spatial metrics to predict scenic perception in a changing landscape: Dennis, Massachusetts, Landscape and Urban Planning, 69(2):201–218
20. Schaefer, R. T. (2002). Sociology: A Brief Introduction, McGraw-Hill
21. Schwarz, N. (2010). Urban form revisited–Selecting indicators for characterising European cities, Landscape and Urban Planning, 96(1):29-47
22. Song, I. J., Hong, S. K., Kim, H. O., Byun, B. and Gin, Y. (2005). The pattern of landscape patches and invasion of naturalized plants in developed areas of urban Seoul, Landscape and Urban Planning, 70(3-4):205-219
23. Troyer M. E. (2002). A spatial approach for integrating and analyzing indicators of ecological and human condition, Ecological Indicators, 2(2):211–22

------------------------------------------------------------------------ 第 16 筆 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
系統識別號 U0026-2206201004334400
論文名稱(中文) 網站背景效果與音樂一致性對網路廣告態度之研究
論文名稱(英文) A Study of Website Context Effects and Music Congruence on Banner Advertising Attitudes
校院名稱 成功大學
系所名稱(中) 企業管理學系碩博士班
系所名稱(英) Department of Business Administration
學年度 98
學期 2
出版年 99
研究生(中文) 謝亦筑
學號 R4697137
學位類別 碩士
語文別 英文
口試日期 2010-05-25
論文頁數 89頁
口試委員 指導教授-張心馨
口試委員-賴孟寬
口試委員-王瑜琳
關鍵字(中) 網站內容相關性
網頁背景複雜度
橫幅廣告類型
音樂一致性
橫幅廣告態度
網站背景效果
關鍵字(英) website content relevance
web page background complexity
banner advertising style
music congruence
attitudes toward banner advertising
website context effects
學科別分類
中文摘要 由於網際網路的盛行,廣告業者頻繁地使用網路廣告來接觸更多潛在消費者。網路媒體不同於平面或電視媒體,會受到其環境中的網站背景因素的影響(例如:網站內容相關性、網頁背景複雜度以及橫幅廣告類型), 因而影響網路廣告態度。準此,本研究主要在探討網站背景因素與音樂一致性對橫幅廣告態度之效果,其中音樂一致性的效果在於調節網站背景因素對網路廣告態度的影響。研究操弄包括網站內容相關性、網頁背景複雜度、橫幅廣告類型與音樂一致性,執行2 × 2 × 2 × 2受試者間實驗設計,有效樣本數共236份。資料分析結果顯示:(1) 網站內容相關性、網頁背景複雜度、橫幅廣告類型,以及音樂一致性會直接影響橫幅廣告態度;(2) 音樂一致性會調節網站內容相關性對橫幅廣告態度的影響,減低與不相關網站內容對橫幅廣告態度的負向效果。最後,本研究建議網路廣告業者可利用網站背景效果與音樂一致性提升橫幅廣告態度。
英文摘要 Because of the rapid growth of the Internet, advertisers frequently use online advertising to entice potential consumers. Interest in online media is usually affected by website context factors such as website content relevance, web page background complexity, and banner advertising styles that influence attitudes toward banner advertising. This study investigates the main effects of website context factors and music congruence on attitudes toward banner advertising as well as the moderating effects of music congruence. We manipulated website content relevance, web page background complexity, banner advertising style, and music congruence factors and conducted a 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 between-subjects design. 236 valid samples were collected. The results indicated that (1) website content relevance, web page background complexity, banner advertising style, and music congruence directly influence attitudes toward banner advertising; and (2) music congruence moderates the relationship between website content relevance and attitudes toward banner advertising and mitigates negative attitudes toward banner advertising in content-nonrelevant websites. In the case of managerial implications, we suggest that online advertisers can utilize website context effects and music congruence to improve attitudes toward banner advertising.
論文目次 TABLE OF CONTENTS
摘要................................................I
Abstract....................................................II
謝誌....................................................III
Chapter 1 Introduction..................................1
1.1 Research Background.................................1
1.2 Research Objectives.................................6
1.3 Research Framework..................................6
Chapter 2 Literature Review.............................8
2.1 Attitudes toward Online Advertising.................8
2.2 Website Context Effects.............................12
(1) Website Context.....................................12
(2) Clutter Effects.....................................13
2.2.1 Website Content Relevance.........................14
(1) Website Content.....................................14
(2) Website Content Relevance...........................15
2.2.2 Web page background and complexity................17
2.2.3 Banner Advertising Style..........................20
(1) Animation...........................................20
(2) Animation of Online Banner Advertising..............21
2.3 Music Congruence....................................23
(1) Music...............................................23
(2) Music Congruence....................................24
(3) The Moderating role of Music Congruence.............28
(4) The Effectiveness of Music..........................29
Chapter 3 Research Method...............................33
3.1 Stimuli.............................................33
3.2 Experimental Design.................................33
3.3 Manipulation Check..................................38
3.3.1 Website Content Relevance.........................38
3.3.2 Webpage Background Complexity.....................40
3.3.3 Music Congruence..................................41
3.4 Control Variables...................................43
3.4.1 Music Valence.....................................43
3.4.2 Involvement.......................................44
3.4.3 Familiarity.......................................44
3.4.4 Brand Preference..................................45
Chapter 4 Main Study....................................47
4.1 Procedure...........................................47
4.2 Data Collection and Sample Characteristics..........48
4.3 Reliability and Manipulation Check..................50
4.4 Results............................................53
Chapter 5 Discussion and Conclusions....................58
5.1 Summary of Findings.................................58
5.2 Theoretical Implications............................63
5.3 Managerial Implications.............................65
5.4 Contribution........................................66
5.5 Limitations and Future Research.....................66
References..............................................68
Appendix A Questionnaire................................82
Appendix B the arrangement of the content-nonrelevant website and the complex web page background.............88
Appendix C the arrangement of the content-relevant
website and the simple web page background..............89

LIST OF TABLES
Table 1 The Definition of Variables.....................34
Table 2 Experimental Design.............................35
Table 3 The Manipulation of Variables...................36
Table 4 The Reliability of Variables (N=30).............37
Table 5-1 Number of valid questionnaires collected in each condition (n=30)........................................39
Table 5-2 The Results of Item Analysis of Website Content Relevance(n=60).........................................39
Table 5-3 The Results of Item Analysis of Web Page Background Complexity (n=60)............................40
Table 6-1 Number of valid questionnaires collected in each condition (n=60)........................................41
Table 6-2 The Results of Item Analysis of Music Congruence(n=30)..................................................42
Table 7 The Reliability of Control Variables............46
Table 8 Sample Distribution (n=236).....................50
Table 9 Model fit indexes of confirmatory factor analysis on attitudes toward online advertising..................51
Table 10 The Reliability of Variables...................52
Table 11 Manipulation Check.............................53
Table 12 The Results of ANOVA (Control variables: music valence, involvement, familiarity,and brand preference).............................................54
Table 13 The Results of ANOVA (Control variables: music valence, and brand preference)..........................55
Table 14-1 the Average of Attitudes toward Online Advertising for Music Congruence versus Website Content Relevance...............................................56
Table 14-2 the Average of Attitudes toward Online Advertising for Music Congruence versus
Web Page Background Complexity..........................57
Table 15 The Analysis of Hypotheses.....................58

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1 The Conceptual Framework.......................7
Figure 2 Interaction Effects between Music Congruence and the Website Content Relevance (Dependent Variable = Attitudes toward Online Advertising)....................56
Figure 3 Interaction Effects between Music Congruence and Web Page Background Complexity (Dependent Variable = Attitudes toward Online Advertising)....................57
參考文獻 Aaker, D. S., & Brown, P. K. (1972). Evaluating vehicle source effects. Journal of Advertising Research, 12(4), 11-16.
Aaker, K., & Day, G. (2001). Marketing Research, 7th Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Alba, J., Lynch, J., Weitz, B., Janiszewski, C., Lutz, R., Sawyer, A., & Wood, S. (1997). Interactive home shopping: Consumer, retailers, and manufacturer incentives to participate in electronic marketplaces. Journal of Marketing, 61(3), 38–53.
Alba, J. W., & Hutchinson, W. (1987). Dimensions of Consumer Expertise. Journal of Consumer Research, 13(4), 411-453.
Allan, D. (2006). Effects of popular music in advertising on attention and memory. Journal of Advertising Research, 46(4), 434-444.
Alpert, J. I., & Alpert, M. I. (1990). Music influences on mood and purchase intention. Psychology & Marketing, 7(2), 109-33.
Alpert, M.I., Alpert, J.I. & Maltz, E.N. (2005) Purchase occasion influence on the role of music in advertising. Journal of Business Research, 58(3), 369–376.
Anand, B. N., & Shachar, R. (2009). Targeted advertising as a signal. Quantitative Marketing and Economics, 7(3), 237-266
Anand, P., & Sternthal, B. (1990). Ease of message processing as a moderator of repetition effects in advertising. Journal of Marketing Research, 27(3), 345-353.
Ang, S. H., Lee, Y. H., & Leong, S. M. (2007). The ad creativity cube: conceptualization and initial validation. Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 35(2), 220-232.
Anderson, R. C., & Ortony, A. (1975). On putting apples into bottles—A problem of polysemy. Cognitive Psychology, 7(2), 167-80.
Areni, C. S., & Kim, D. (1993). The influence of background music on shopping behavior: Classical versus top-40 in a wine store. Advances in Consumer Research, 20(1), 336–340.
Babin, L. A., & Burns, A. C. (1997). Effects of print ad pictures and copy containing instructions to imagine on mental imagery that mediates attitudes. Journal of Advertising, 26(3), 33-44.
Baecker, R. (1988, April 11-15). Enhancing program readability and comprehensibility with tools for program visualization. Paper presented at Proceeding of the 10th International Conference on Software Engineering (pp.356-366), Singapore.
Barclay, J. R., Bransford, J. D., Franks, J. J., Mccarrell, N. S., & Niisch, K. (1974). Comprehension and semantic flexibility. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 13(4), 471-81.
Barksdale, H. C , & Darden, W. R. (1972). Consumer attitudes toward marketing and consumerism. Journal of Marketing, 36(4), 28-35.
Bartos, R.,& Dunn, T. (1974). Advertising and consumers: New perspectives. New York: The American Association of Advertising Agencies.
Bauer, R. A., & Greyser, S. A. (1968). Advertising in America: The consumer view. Boston, MA: Harvard University, Graduate School of Business Administration.
Berlyn, D. E. (1960). Conflict, arousal, and curiosity. New York: McGraw-Hhl.
Blacking, J. (1981). The problem of ‘ethnic’ perceptions in the semiotics of music. In the sign in music and literature, ed. Wendy Steiner, Austin: Univ. of Texas Press, 184-194.
Boltz, M. C. (2001), Musical soundtracks as a schematic influence on the cognitive processing of filmed events. Music perception, 18 (4), 427-454.
Borse, J., & Lang, A. (2000). The effects of web banner advertisements: A study of the impact of animation and control on affective, cognitive, physiological responses. Paper presented at the Information Systems Division at the 50th Annual Conference of the International Communication Association, Acapulco, Mexico.
Bovee, C. L., Thill, J. V., Dovel, G. I., & Wood, M. B. (1995). Advertising Excellence. New York: McGraw-Hill, Inc.
Bozman, C. S., Mueling, D. D., & Pettit-O'Malley, K. L. (1994). The directional influence of music backgrounds in television advertising. Journal of Applied Business Research, 10(1), 14-18.
Bower, G.. (1981). Mood and memory. American Psychologist, 36(2), 129– 148.
Brackett, L.K., Carr, B.N. (2001). Cyberspace advertising vs other media: consumer vs mature student attitudes", Journal of Advertising Research, 41(5), 23-32.
Briggs, R., & Hollis, N. (1997). Advertising on the web: Is there response before click-through? Journal of Advertising Research, 37(2), 33–45.
Broadbent, D. E. 1954. The role of auditory localization and attention in memory span. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 47(3), 191–196.
Brown, L. P., & Farha, W. (1966). Some physical determinants of viewing time of three instructions sets. Perception and Psychophysics, 1(1), 2-4.
Brown, S.P. & Stayman, D.M. (1992).Antecedents and consequences of attitude toward the ad: A meta-analysis. Journal of Consumer Research, 19(1), 34-51.
Bruner II, G. C. & Kumar, A. (2000). Web commercials and advertising hierarchy-of-effects. Journal of Advertising Research. 40(1/2), 35-42.
Bruner II, G. C. (1990). Music, mood, and marketing. Journal of Marketing, 54(4), 94-104.
Burnkrant, R. A., & Unnava, R. H. (1995), Effects of self-referencing on persuasion. Journal of Consumer Research, 22 (1), 17–26.
Burnkrant, R. E., & Unnava, H. R. (1987). Effect of variation in message execution on the learning of repeated brand information. Advances in Consumer Research, vol. 14, M. Wallendorf and P. Anderson, eds., Provo, UT: Association for Consumer Research, 173–176.
Calder, B. J., Philips, L. W. & Tybout, A. M. (1981).Designing Research for Application. Journal of Consumer Research, 8(2), 197-207.
Cannon, H. M. (1982). A new method for estimating the effect of media context. Journal of Advertising Research, 22(5), 41-48.
Chaiken, S., & Stangor, C. (1987). Attitudes and attitude change. Annual Review of Psychology, 38(1), 575–630.
Chebat, J-C, Chebat, C. G., & Vaillant, D. (2001). Environmental background music and in-store selling. Journal of Business Research,54 (2), 115-123.
Chebat, J-C., Ge´linas-Chebat, C., & Filiatrault, P. (1993). Interactive effects of musical and visual cues on time perception: An application to waiting lines in banks. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 77(3), 995–1020.
Chen, J. V., Ross,P. H. P., Yen, D. C., & Akhapon, L. (2009). The effect of types of banner ads, web localization, and customer involvement on internet users’ attitudes. Cyberpsychology & Behavior. 12(1), 71-73.
Cho, C-H. (2003). Factors influencing clicking of banner ads on the WWW. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 6(2), 201-215.
Cho, C-H, Lee, J-G, & Tharp, M. (2001). Different forced-exposure levels to banner advertisements. Journal of Advertising Research, 41(4), 45-56.
Cho, H-C & Cheon, H. J. (2004). Why do people avoid advertising on the Internet? Journal of Advertising, 33(4), 89-97.
Chook, P, H. (1985). A continuing study on magazine environment frequency and advertising performance. Journal of Advertising, 25(4), 23-33.
Cobb, C. J. (1985). Television clutter and advertising effectiveness. Paper presented at Proceedings of the 1985 AMA Educators' Conference, Chicago: American Marketing Association.
Cooper, J., & Croyle, R. T. (1984). Attitudes and attitude change. Annual Review of Psychology, 35(1), 395–426.
Coyle, J. R., & Thorson, E. (2001). The effects of progressive levels of interactivity and vividness in web marketing sites. Journal of Advertising, 30(3), 13-28.
Coupey, E., Irwin, J. R., & Payne, J. W. (1998). Product category familiarity and preference construction. Journal of Consumer Research, 24(4), 459–468.
Cropper, A. G., & Evans, S. J. W.(1968). Ergonomics and computers. Comput. Bull, 12(3), 94–98.
Dahlen, M. (2001). Banner advertisements through a new lens. Journal of Advertising Research 41(4), 23-30.
Danaher, P.J. & Mullarkey, G.W. (2003). Factors affecting online advertising recall: a study of students. Journal of Advertising Research, 43(3), 252–267.
Davis, Scott J., Jeffrey Inman and Leigh McAlister (1992). Promotion has a negative effect on brand evaluations—Or does it? Additional Disconfirming Evidence. Journal of Marketing Research, 29(1), 143–148.
Day, H. (1967). The evaluation of suggestive complexity, pleasantness, and interestingness for a series of random polygons varying in complexity. Perception and Psychophysics, 2(7), 281-286.
DelVecchio, D., Henard, D. H., & Freling, T. H. (2006). The effect of sales promotion on post-promotion brand preference: A meta-analysis. Journal of Retailing 82(3), 203–213.
Derks, P., & Arora, S. (1993). Sex and salience in the appreciation of cartoon humor. Humor-International Journal of Humor Research, 6 (1), 57-69.
Dholakia, U. M., & Rego, L. L. (1998). What makes commercial web pages popular? an empirical investigation of web page effectiveness. European Journal of Marketing, 32(7–8), 724–736.
Dimofte, C., & Yalch, R. (2008). The Role of Product Category Familiarity in Self-Referent Advertising. Advances in Consumer Research - North American Conference Proceedings, 726-727.
DoubleClick (2003), AdServing TrendReport DoubleClick Q3 2003, available at www.doubleclick.com/us/knowledge_centrall/documents/trend_reports/dc_q303adservingtrends_0310.pdf (accessed January 18, 2004).
Dreze, X. & Hussherr, F.X. (2003) Internet advertising: is anybody watching? Journal of Interactive Marketing, 17(4), 8–23.
Dreze,X., & Zufryden, F. (1997). Testing web site design and promotional content. Journal of Advertising Research, 37(2), 71-99.
Dube, L., & Chebat, J-C, & Morin, S. (1995). The effects of background music on consumers’ desire to affiliate on buyer– seller interactions. Psychology & Marketing, 12(4), 305– 319.
Dube, L., & Morin, S. (2001). Background music pleasure and store evaluation: Intensity effects and psychological mechanisms. Journal of Business Research, 54(2), 107–113.
Ducoffe, Robert H. (1996). Advertising Value and Advertising on the Web. Journal of Advertising Research.36, 21-35.
Durand, R. M., & Lambert, Z. V. (1985). Alienation and criticisms of advertising. Journal of Advertising, 14(3), 9-17.
Dutta-Bergman, M. J. (2006). The demographic and psychographic antecedents of attitude toward advertising. Journal of Advertising Research, 46(1), 102-112.
Edwards, S. M., Li, H., & Lee, J-H. (2002). Forced exposure and psychological reactance: Antecedents and consequences of the perceived intrusiveness of pop-up ads. Journal of Advertising, 13(3), 83-95.
Ellsworth, J.H., & Ellsworth, M.V. (1995). Marketing on the internet: Multimedia strategies for the world wide web. New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
Feld, S. (1988). Aesthetics as iconicity of style, or ‘lift-up-over sounding’: Getting into the Kaluli groove. Yearbook for Traditional Music, 20, 74-113.
Fishbein, M., & Ajzen, I. (1975). Belief, Attitude, intention and Behavior: An Introduction to Theory and Research. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
Furnham, A., Bergland, J., & Gunter, B. (2002). Memory for television advertisements as a function of advertisement–programme congruity. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 7(16), 525–545.
Furnham, AF., Gunter B., & Walsh, D. (1998). Effects of programme context on memory of humorous television commercials. Applied Cognitive Psychology 12: 555–567.
Gallagher, K, Foster, K.D, Parsons, J (2001). The medium is not the message: advertising effectiveness and content evaluation in print and on the Web. Journal of Advertising Research, 41(4), 57-70.
Gardner, M. P. (1985). Mood states and consumer behavior: A critical review. Journal of Consumer Research, 12(4), 281-300.
Geissler, G. L., Zinkhan, G. M., & Watson, R. T. (2006). The influence of home page complexity on consumer attention, attitudes, and purchase intent. Journal of Advertising, 35(2), 69-80.
Ghose, S., & Dou, W. (1998). Interactive functions and their impacts on the appeal of internet presence sites. Journal of Advertising Research, 38(2), 29-43.
Gorn, G. J. (1982). The Effects of Music in Advertising on Choice Behavior: A Classical Conditioning Approach. The Journal of Marketing, 46(1), 94-101.
Ha, L. (1996) Observations. Advertising clutter in consumer magazines: dimension and effects. Journal of Advertising Research, 36(4), 76–84.
Ha, L., & McCann, K. (2008). An integrated model of advertising clutter in offline and online media. International Journal of Advertising, 27(4), 569–592.
Haberland, G., & Dacin, P. (1992). The development of a measure to assess viewers’ judgments of the creativity in an advertisement. Advances in Consumer Research, 19(1), 817-825.
Hair, J. F., Anderson, R. E., & Black, W. C. (1998). Multivariate Data Analysis, 5th ed. New Jersey: Prentice Hall International.
Hammer, P., Riebe E., & Kennedy R. (2009). How clutter affects: Advertising effectiveness. Journal of Advertising Research, 49(2), 159-163.
Heckler, S. E., & Childers, T. L. (1992). The role of expectancy and relevancy in memory for verbal and visual information: What is incongruency? Journal of Consumer Research, 18(4), 475-492.
Heo, N., & Sundar, S.S. (2000a). Emotional responses to web advertising. Paper presented to the Advertising Division at the Annual Convention of the Association for Education in Journalism and Mass Communication Convention, Phoenix, AZ.
Heo, N., & Sundar, S.S. (2000b). Visual orientation and memory for web advertising: A study of animation and position effects. Paper presented to the Information Systems Division at the 50th Annual Convention of the International Communication Association, Acapulco, Mexico.
Hevner, K. (1935). The affective character of the major and minor modes in music. American Journal of Psychology, 47(1), 103– 118.
Higie, R. A., & Sewall, M. A. (1991). Using recall and brand preference to evaluate advertising effectiveness. Journal of Advertising Research, 31(2), 56-63.
Hofacker, C. F., & Murphy, J. (1998). World Wide Web banner advertisement copy testing. European Journal of Marketing, 32(7), 703-712
Holahan, C. (1982). Environmental Psychology. New York: Random House, Inc.
Holzwarth, M., Janiszewski, C., & Neumann, M. M. (2006). The influence of avatars on online consumer shopping behavior. Journal of marketing, 70(4), 19-36.
Homer, P. A. (1990). The mediating role of attitude toward the ad: some additional evidence. Journal of Marketing Research, 27(1), 78-86.
Hong, W., Thong, J. Y. L., & Tam, K. Y. (2004). Does animation attract online users’ attention? The effects of flash on information search performance and perceptions. Information Systems Research, (15)1, 60–86.
Hui, M. K., Dube, L., & Chebat, J-C. (1997). The impact of music on consumers’ reactions to waiting for services. Journal of Retailing, 73(1), 87–104.
Hummel, J. E., &Holyoak, K. J. (2003). A symbolic-connectionist theory of relational inference and generalization. Psychological Review, 110(2), 220-264.
Hung, K. (2000). Narrative music in congruent and incongruent TV advertising.
Journal of Advertising, 29(1), 25– 34.
Hung, K. (2001). Framing meaning perceptions with music: The case of teaser ads. Journal of Advertising, 30(3), 39-49.
Hwang, Jang-Sun, MacMillan, S. J., & Lee G. (2003). Corporate web sites as advertising: An analysis of function, audience and message strategy. Journal of Interactive Advertising, 3(2), available at http://jiad.org (accessed July 2005).
Interactive Advertising Bureau (2009), “IAB Internet Advertising Revenue Report,” (accessed December 28, 2009), [available at http://www.iab.net/media/file/IAB-Ad-Revenue-Six-month-2009.pdf].
Jarvenpaa, S. L., & Todd, T. A. (1996–1997). Consumer reactions to electronic shopping on the World Wide Web. International Journal of Electronic Commerce, 1(2)59–88.
Jedidi, K., Mela, C. F., & Gupta, S. (1999). Managing advertising and promotion for long-run profitability. Marketing Science, 18(1), 1–22.
Kalyanaraman, S., & Oliver, M. B. (2001). Technology or tradition: Exploring relative persuasive appeals of animation, endorser credibility, and argument strength in web advertising. Paper presented at the Annual Conference of the Association of Education in Journalism and Mass Communication, Washington, DC.
Kamins, MA., Marks, LJ., & Skinner, D. (1991). Television commercial evaluation in the context of programme-induced mood: Congruity versus consistency effects. Journal of Advertising, 20(), 1–14.
Karen, B-O. (2006). Music-visual congruency and its impact on two-sided message recall. Advances in Consumer Research, 33(1), 578-579.
Karson, E. J., & Korgaonkar, P. K. (2001). An experimental investigation of internet advertising and the elaboration likelihood model. Journal of Current Issues and Research in Advertising, 23(2), 53-72.
Kellaris, J. J., & Altsech, M. B. (1992). The experience of time as a function of musical loudness and gender of listener. Advances in Consumer Research, 19(1), 725-729.
Kellaris, J. J. & Cox, A. D. (1989). The Effects of Background Music in Advertising: A Reassessment. The Journal of Consumer Research, 16(1), 113-118.
Kellaris, J. J., Cox, A. D., & Cox, D. (1993).The effect of background music on ad processing: A contingency explanation. Journal of Marketing, 57(4), 114-125.
Kellaris, J. J., & Kent, R. J. (1992). The influence of music on consumers’ temporal perceptions: Does time fly when you’re having fun? Journal of Consumer Psychology, 1(4), 365–376.
Kellaris, J. J., Krishnan, V., & Oakes, S. (2007). Music and time perception: When does a song make it seem long? Paper presented at the AMA Winter Educators' Conference Proceedings.
Kellaris J. J, & Mantel, S. P. (1996). Shaping time perceptions with background music: The effect of congruity and arousal on estimates of ad duration. Psychology & Marketing, 13(5), 501– 515.
Kennedy, J. R. (1971). How program environment affects TV commercials. Journal of Advertising Research, 11(1), 33-38.
Kiesler, C. A., Collins, B. E., & Miller, N. (1969). Attitude change: A critical analysis of theoretical approaches. New York: John Wiley.
Kim, K., Yoo, C.Y., & Stout, P.A. (2003). Has animation been overused in online advertising? Effects of animation and the role of affective responses in viewers’ perception of banner ads. In L. Carlson (Ed.), Proceedings of the 2003 Conference of American Academy of Advertising (pp. 100–111), Clemson, SC: American Academy of Advertising.
Ko, H., Cho, C-H, & Roberts, M. S. (2005). Internet uses and gratifications: A structural equation model of interactive advertising. Journal of Advertising, 34(2), 57-70.
Lachman, R., J. Lachman,L., & Butterfield, E. C.(1979). Cognitive Psychology and Information Processing: An Introduction. Lawrence Erlbaum, Hillsdale, NJ. Van der Heijden, A. H. C. 1992. Selective Attention in Vision. Routledge, New York.
Lang, A., Borse, J., Wise, K., & David, P. (2002). Captured by the World Wide Web. Communication Research, 29(3), 215-245.
Larkin, E. F. (1977). A factor analysis of college student attitudes toward advertising. Journal of Advertising, 6(2), 42-46.
Lavack, M. & Thakor, M. V. (2008). Music-brand congruency in high- and low-cognition radio advertising Anne. International Journal of Advertising, 27(4), 549-568.
Lederer, A. L. & Sethi, V. (1991). Critical dimensions of strategic information systems planning. Decision Sciences, 22(2), 104-119.
Lee, Y. H., & Mason, C. (1999). Responses to information incongruency in advertising: The role of expectancy, relevancy and humor. Journal of Consumer Research, 26(2), 156-170.
Li, H., & Bukovac, J.L. (1999). Cognitive impact of banner ad characteristics: An experimental study. Journalism and Mass Communication Quarterly, 76(2), 341–353.
Li, H., Edwards, S., & Lee, J-H. (2002). Measuring the Intrusiveness of Advertisements: Scale Development and Validation. Journal of Advertising, 31, 37–47.
Lichenstein, D., Netemeter, R., & Burton, S. (1990). Distinguishing Coupon Proneness from Value Consciousness: An Acquisition-Transaction Utility Theory Perspective. Journal of Marketing, 54(3), 54-67.
Lutz, R. J. (1985). Affective and Cognitive Antecedents of Attitude toward the Ad: A Conceptual Framework. In Psychological Processes and Advertising Effects: Theory, Research, and Application, Alwitt, L. F., & Mitchell, A. A., eds. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Lutz, R.J., MacKenzie, S.B., & Belch, G.E. (1983). Attitude toward the ad as a mediator of advertising effectiveness: Determinants and consequences. Advances in Consumer Research 10(1), 532-539.
Machleit, K. A., & Eroglu, S. A. (2000). Describing and measuring emotional response to shopping experience. Journal of Business Research, 49(2), 101– 111.
Macias, W. (2003). A preliminary structural equation model of comprehension and persuasion of interactive advertising brand web sites. Journal of Interactive Advertising, 3(2), available at htcp://jiad.org (accessed July 2005)
MacInnis, D. J., & Jaworski, B. J. (1989). Information processing from advertisements: Toward an integrative framework, Journal of Marketing, 53 (4), 1-23.
MacInnis, D. J., & Park, C. W. (1991). The differential role of characteristics of music on high- and low-involvement consumers' processing of ads. Journal of Consumer Research, 18(2), 161-173.
MacKenzie, S. B., Lutz, R. J., & Belch, G. E. (1986). The role of attitude toward the ad as a mediator of advertising effectiveness: A test of competing explanations. Journal of Marketing Research, 23(2), 130-143.
Mackenzie, S. B., & Lutz, R. J. (1989).An empirical examination of the structural antecedents of attitude toward the ad in an advertising pretesting context. Journal of Marketing, 53(2), 48-65.
Mackinlay, J. D., Robertson, G. G., & DeLine, R. (1994). Developing calendar visualizers for the information visualizer (109–118). Proc. 7th Annual ACM Sympos. User Interface Software Tech., Marina del Rey, CA, ACM Press.
Malthouse, E. C., Calder, B. J., & Tamhane, A. (2007). The effects of media context experiences on advertising effectiveness. Journal of Advertising, 36(3), 7-18.
Mantel, S. P., & Kellaris, J. J. (2003). Exploring determinants of psychological time: The impact of cognitive resources required and available on the estimation of lapsed time. Journal of Consumer Research, 29(4), 531–38.
Maria, S., Salvador, R., & Jose, M. L. (2005). Effects of interactivity in a web site: The moderating effect of need for cognition. Journal of Advertising, 54(3), 31-43.
Mattilaa, A. S., & Wirtzb, J. (2001). Congruency of scent and music as a driver of in-store evaluations and behavior. Journal of Retailing 77(2), 273–289.
McFarland, D. (2000). Animation in a flash. Macworld 17(6) 99–101.
Rewick, J. (2001). E-commerce (a special report): Overview-Choices: A look at the pros and cons of various types of web advertising. Wall Street Journal (April 23) R12.
McGalliard, K. (1998, May 30). Animate your web site GIF graphics (42–45). Editor & Publisher.
McQuarrie, E. F., & Mick, D. J. (1999). Visual rhetoric in advertising: Text-interpretive, experimental, and reader-response analyses. Journal of Consumer Research, 26(1), 37–54.
Meyers-Levy, J. & Tybout, A. (1989). Schema congruity as a basis for product evaluation. Journal of Consumer Research, 16(1). 39–54.
Miniard, P.W., Bhatla, S., & Rose, R.L. (1990). On the formation and relationship of ad and brand attitudes: An experimental and causal analysis. Journal of Marketing Research, 27(3), 290-303.
Mitchell, A. A. (1988). Current perspectives and issues concerning the explanation of feeling advertising effects. In S. Hecker & D. W. Stewart (Eds.), Nonverbal Communication in Advertising. Lexington, MA: Lexington Books.
Mitchell, A. A., & Dacin, P. A. (1996). The assessment of alternative measures of consumer expertise. Journal of Consumer Research, 23(3), 219-239.
Mitchell, A. A., & Olson, J. C. (1981). Are Product Attribute Beliefs the Only Mediator of Advertising Effects on Brand Attitude? Journal of Marketing Research, 18(3), 318-332.
Moore, R. S., Stammerjohan, C. A., & Coulter, R. A. (2005). Banner advertiser–web site context congruity and color effects on attention and attitudes. Journal of Advertising, 34(2), 71–84.
Morgan Stanley (2006). US Internet Advertising Outlook Report.
Morin, S., Dube, L., & Chebat, J-C. (2007). The role of pleasant music in servicescapes: A test of the dual model of environmental perception. Journal of Retailing, 83(1), 115–130.
Morrison, B. J., & Daincmt, M. J. (1972). Advertisement complexity and looking time. Journal of Marketing Research, 9(4), 396-400.
Morrin, M., & Ratneshwar, S. (2000). The impact of ambient scent on evaluation, attention, and memory for familiar and unfamiliar brands. Journal of Business Research, 49(2), 157–165.
Muehling, D. D. (1987). An investigation of factors underlying attitudes-toward-advertising-in-general. Journal of Advertising, 16(1), 32-40.
Nielsen, J. (1996). Top ten mistakes in web design. http://www.useit.com/alertbox/9605.html.
Nielsen, J. (1997). Changes in Web usability since 1994. http://www.useit.com/alertbox/9712a.html.
Niedrich, R. W., & Swain, S. D. (2008). The effects of exposure-order and market entry-information on brand preference: a dual process model. Journal of the Academy Marketing Science, 36(2), 309–321.
North, A. C., & Hargreaves, D. J. (1996). The effects of music on responses to a dining area. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 16(1), 55–64.
North, A. C., & Hargreaves, D. J. (1998). The effect of music on atmosphere and purchase intentions in a cafeteria. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 28(24), 2254–2273.
North A. C., Hargreaves, D. J., & McKendrick, J. (1999). The influence of in-store music on wine selections. Journal of Applied Psychology, 84(2), 271– 276.
North, A. C., Shilcock, A. & Hargreaves, D. J. (2003). The effect of musical style on restaurant customers’ spending. Environment and Behavior, 35(5), 712–718.
Nunnally, J. C. (1978). Psychometric theory (2nd ed.) New York: McGraw-Hill.
Oakes, S. (2003). Musical tempo and waiting perceptions. Psychology & Marketing, 20(8), 685–705.
Oakes, S. (2007). Evaluating empirical research into music in advertising : A congruity perspective. Journal of Advertising Research, 47(1), 38-50.
Oakes, S., & North, A. C. (2006). The impact of background musical tempo and timbre congruity upon ad content recall and affective. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 1(20), 505-520.
Ohlsson, M. G. O. (2005). Relationship between complexity and liking as a function of expertise. Music Perception, 22(4), 583–611.
Park, C. W., & Young, S. (1986). Consumer response to television commercials: The impact of involvement and background music on brand attitude formation. Journal of Marketing Research, 23(1), 11-24.
Pelsmacker, P. D., Geuens, M., & Anckaert, P. (2002). Media context and advertising effectiveness: The role of context appreciation and context/ad similarity. Journal of Advertising, 31(2), 49-61.
Petty, R. E., & Cacioppo, J. T. (1986). Communication and Persuasion: Central and Peripheral Routes to Attitude Change. New York: Springer.
Perry, S. D., Jenzowsky, S. A., King, C. M., & Yi, H. (1997). Using humorous programs as a vehicle for humorous commercials. Journal of Communication, 47 (1), 20-39.
Pollay, R. W., & Mittal, B. (1993). Here's the beef: Factors, determinants, and segments in the consumer criticism of advertising. Journal of Marketing, 57(3), 99-114.
Price Waterhouse Coopers (2004). IAB Internet Advertising Revenue Report-2003 Full-Year Results. (April), available at www.iab.net (accessed June 3, 2004).
Proctor, R.W., Vu, K-P.L., & Salvendy, G. (2002). Content preparation and management for web design: eliciting, structuring, searching, and displaying information. International Journal of Human-Computer Interaction, 14(1), 25-92.
Pytlik, G. (2002). Flash those big baby blues. Marketing Magazine, 107(24), 18–19.
Rau, P. P-L., Chen, J., & Chen, D. (2006). A study of presentations of mobile web banners for location-based information and entertainment information websites. Behaviour & Information Technology, 25(3), 253 – 261.
Redker, C. M., & Gibson, B. (2009). Music as an unconditioned stimulus: Positive and negative effects of country music on implicit attitudes, explicit attitudes, and brand choice. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 39(11), 2689–2705.
Reed, M. (1999). Going beyond the banner ad. Marketing, 29, 25–26.
Rieber, L.P. (1991). Animation, incidental learning, and continuing motivation. Journal of Educational Psychology, 83(3), 318–328.
Rodgers, S., & Thorson, E. (2000). The Interactive Advertising Model: How Users Perceive and Process Online Ads. Journal of Interactive Advertising,1(1).
RusselL, J. T., & Lane, W. R. (1993). Kleppner's Advertising Procedure (11th ed.). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Sacharin, K. (2001), Attention! How to interrupt, yell, whisper, and touch consumers. New York: John Wiley.
Schlosser, A. E., Shavitt, S., & Kanfer, A. (1999). Survey of Internet users’ attitudes toward Internet advertising. Journal of Interactive Marketing, 13(3), 34-54.
Schumann D. W., & Thorson, E. (1990). The influence of viewing context on commercial effectiveness: A selection processing model. In Current Issues and Research in Advertising, Leigh JH, Martin CR (eds). 12: 1–24.
Shamdasani, P. N., Stanaland, A. J. S., & Tan, J. (2001). Location, location, location: Insights for advertising placement on the web. Journal of Advertising Research, 41(4), 7-32.
Shapiro, S., Macdnnis, D. J., & Heckler, S. D.(1997). The effects of incidental ad exposure on the formation of consideration sets. Journal of Consumer Research, 24 (1), 94-104.
Shavitt, S., Lowrey, P., & Haefner, J. (1998). Public attitudes toward advertising: more favorable than you might think. Journal of Advertising Research, 38(4), 7-12.
Sheehan, K. B., & Doherty, C. (2001). Re-weaving the web: Integrating print and Online Communications. Journal of Interactive Advertising, 15(2), 47-59.
Shen, F., & Chen, Q. (2007). Contextual priming and applicability: Implications for ad attitude and brand evaluations. Journal of Advertising, 36(1), 69–80.
Shen, Y-C., & Chen, T-C. (2006). When east meets west: The effect of cultural tone congruity in ad music and message on consumer ad memory and attitude. International Journal of Advertising, 25(1), 51–70.
Shimp, T. A. (1981). Attitude toward the ad as a mediator of consumer brand choice. Journal of Advertising, 10(2), 9-15.
Smith, S. L., & Goodwin, N. C. (1971). Blink coding for information display. Human Factors, 13(3), 283–290.
Soldow, G. F., & Princiipe, V. (1981). Response to commercials as a function of program context. Journal of Advertising Research, 21(2), 59-65.
Spangenberg, E. R., Grohmann, B., & Sprott, D. E. (2005). It’s beginning to smell (and sound) a lot like Christmas: The interactive effects of ambient scent and music in a retail setting. Journal of Business Research, 58(11), 1583– 1589.
Spool, J. M., Scanlon, T., Snyder, C., Schroeder, W., & DeAngelo, T. (1999). Web site usability: A designer’s guide. Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, San Francisco, CA, 89–91.
Srull, T. & Lichtenstein, M. (1985). Associative storage and retrieval processes in person memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 11(2), 316–345.
Sriram, S., Chintagunta, P. K., & Neelamegham, R. (2006). Effects of brand preference, product attributes, and marketing mix variables in technology product markets. Marketing Science, 25(5), 440–456.
Stevenson, S. J., Bruner II, G. C., & Kumar, A. (2000). Webpage background and viewer attitudes. Journal of Advertising Research, 40(1/2), 29-34.
Sun, Y-C., Lin, C-H.,Chuang, S-C., & Cheng, Y-H. (2009). The moderating effect of product familiarity on the endowment effect. Advances in Consumer Research - North American Conference Proceedings, 974-975.
Sundar, S. S., & Kalyanaraman, S. (2004). Arousal, memory, and impression-formation effects of animation speed in web advertising. Journal of Advertising, 33(1), 7-17.
Sundar, S.S., Kalyanaraman, S., Martin, C., & Wagner, C.B. (2001). Arousal, memory, and impression-formation effects of animation speed in web advertising. Paper presented to the Information Systems Division at the 51st Annual Conference of the International Communication Association, Washington, DC.
Sundar, S.S., Narayan, S., Obregon, R., & Uppal, C. (1999). Does web advertising work? Memory for print vs. online Media. Journalism and Mass Communication Quarterly, 75 (4), 822–935.
Teng, L., Laroche, M., & Zhu, H. (2007). The effects of multiple-ads and multiple-brands on consumer attitude and purchase behavior. Journal of Consumer Marketing, 24(1), 27-35.
Thomas, B. H., & Calder, P. (2001). Applying cartoon animation techniques to graphical user interfaces. ACM Trans. Computer-Human Interaction, 8(3), 198–222.
Thorson, E. (1981). Likability: 10 Years of Academic Research. In Transcript Proceedings: Eighth Annual Advertising Research Foundation Copy Research Workshop. New York: Advertising Research Foundation.
Thorson EM, & Reeves B. (1986). Effects of over-time measures of viewer liking and activity during programmes and commercials on memory for commercials. In Advances in Consumer Research (Vol. 13), Lutz R (ed.). Association for Consumer Research: Provo, UT.
Tsang, M. M., Ho, S-C., & Liang, T-P. (2004). Consumer attitudes toward mobile advertising: An empirical study. International Journal of Electronic Commerce, 8(3), 65 - 78.
Tulving, E., & Thompson, D. M. (1973). Encoding specificity and retrieval processes in episodic memory. Psychological Review, 80(5), 352-73.
Tybout, A. M. & Scott, C. A. (1983). Availability of well-defined internal knowledge and the attitude formation process: Information aggregation versus self-perception. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 44(3), 474–491.
Unnava, R. H., & Burnkrant R. E. (1991). Effects of repeating varied ad executions on brand name memory. Journal of Marketing Research, 28(4), 406–416.
Vakratsas, D. & Ambler, T. (1999). How advertising works: What do we really know? Journal of Marketing, 63(1), 26-43.
Voss, K. E., Spangenberg, E. R., & Grohmann, B. (2003). Measuring the hedonic and utilitarian dimensions of consumer attitude. Journal of Marketing Research, 40(3), 310-320.
Wakefield, K., & Baker, J. (1998). Excitement at the mall: Determinants and effects on shopping response. Journal of Retailing, 74(4), 515–539.
Webb, P. H., & Ray, M. (1979). Effects of television clutter. Journal of Advertising Research, 19(3), 7-12.
Weilbacher, W. M. (2001). Point of view: Does advertising cause a 'Hierarchy of Effects"? Journal of Advertising Research, 41(6), 19-26.
Willkie, W. L. (1990). Consumer Behavior (2nd ed.). New York: Wiley.
Wolin, L. D., Korgaonkar, P., & Lund, D. (2002). Beliefs, attitudes and behavior towards Web advertising. International Journal of Advertising, 21, 87–113
Yalch R. F., & Spangenberg, E. R. (1988). An environmental psychological study of foreground and background music as retail atmospheric factors. In: Walle A.W., editor. AMA Educators’ Conference Proceedings. Chicago (IL): American Marketing Association. 106– 110.
Yalch, R. F., & Spangenberg, E. R. (1990). Effects of store music on behavior. Journal of Consumer Marketing, 7(2), 55– 63.
Yaveroglu, I., & Donthu, N. (2008). Advertising repetition and placement issues in on-line environments. Journal of Advertising, 37(2), 31–43.
Yeh, W., & Barsalou, L. W. (2006). The situated nature of concepts. American Journal of Psychology, 119(3), 349–384.
Yi, Y. (1990a). Cognitive and affective priming effects of the context for print advertisements. Journal of Advertising, 19(2), 40–48.
Yi, Y. (1990b). Contextual priming effects in print advertisements. Journal of Consumer Research, 17 (4), 215–222.
Yi, Y. (1993). Contextual priming effects in print advertisements: The moderating role of prior knowledge. Journal of Advertising, 22(1), 1–10.
Yoo, C. Y., Kim, K., & Stout, P. A. (2004). Assessing the Effects of Animation in Online Banner Advertising: Hierarchy of Effects Model. Journal of Interactive Advertising, 4(2), 7-7.
Yun, C., & Kim, K. (2005). Processing of animation in online banner advertising: The roles of cognitive and emotional responses. Journal of Interactive Marketing, 19(4), 18-34.
Zeff, R., & Akonsun, B. (1997). Advertising on the Internet. New York: John Wiley and Sons.
Zhang, P. (2000). The effects of animation on information seeking performance on the World Wide Web: Securing attention or interfering with primary tasks? Journal of the Association Informal Systems, 1(1), 1–28.
Zhao, X. (1997). Clutter and serial order redefined and retested. Journal of Advertising Research, 37 (5), 57-73.
Zhou, K-Z & Nakamoto, K. (2007). How do enhanced and unique features affect new product preference? The moderating role of product familiarity Journal of the Academy Marketing Science, 35(1), 53–62.
Zhu, R. J., & Meyers-Levy, J. (2005). Distinguishing between the meanings of music: When background music affects product perceptions. Journal of Marketing Research, 42(3), 333-345.

------------------------------------------------------------------------ 第 17 筆 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
系統識別號 U0026-2308201100022200
論文名稱(中文) 以景觀生態指標探討山坡地土地使用變遷
論文名稱(英文) Using Landscape Ecology Metrics Analysing Hillside Land-Use Change
校院名稱 成功大學
系所名稱(中) 都市計劃學系碩博士班
系所名稱(英) Department of Urban Planning
學年度 99
學期 2
出版年 100
研究生(中文) 劉威廷
學號 P26981188
學位類別 碩士
語文別 中文
口試日期 2011-06-17
論文頁數 99頁
口試委員 指導教授-鄒克萬
口試委員-黃書偉
口試委員-吳綱立
口試委員-張曜麟
關鍵字(中) 都市蔓延
土地使用變遷
景觀生態指標
結構方程式
山坡地
關鍵字(英) urban sprawl
land use change
landscape ecology metrics
structural equation model
hillside
學科別分類
中文摘要 山坡地之議題長久以來受到許多研究之關注,由於山坡地地形特殊,若受到過多之人為開發壓力以及不當之開發便容易導致災害發生,因此許多關於山坡地之相關研究集中在坡地防災以及發展管理面向。卻忽略山坡地發展之過程,亦即土地使用變遷對於山坡地帶來之影響,從文獻回顧得知,由於過往對於土地使用變遷之研究著重在「量」的探討,並未能針對土地使用變遷之特性做更深入之描述,景觀生態指標能夠對於變遷之特性進行量化,並提供更完整之資訊,考量到此部份之重要性,本研究欲以此角度切入,希望能為後續山坡地之相關研究及決策提供更多資訊。
爰此,本研究之目的有三:第一為利用民國84年及95年之國土利用調查資料,以二期都會區及山坡地土地使用分布圖,分析台北都會區土地使用變遷情形,並以山坡地二期之變化做為對比,總結台北都會區與其山坡地之土地使用變遷現象;第二為利用景觀生態指標將山坡地景觀結構特性之變遷進行量化,分別以鄉鎮與村里行政界線做為二個不同的分析尺度,以面積/密度/邊緣指標和形狀指標針對山坡地景觀結構之空間異質性與破碎程度進行描述分析;第三為結合土地使用變遷影響因子配合上述實證結果,以結構方程模式對土地使用變遷因子影響土地使用變遷;以及土地使用變遷影響景觀結構變遷進行探討分析。
根據研究結果,台北都會區都市蔓延造成山坡地之土地使用變遷分析顯示住宅、商業、工業以及交通設施於山坡地上大量發展,整體而言,主要之人為開發沿著道路發展向山坡地內部延伸,對山坡地造成龐大開發壓力;景觀生態指標計算之結果亦顯示土地使用變遷造成景觀結構漸趨破碎,呈現小而零碎的發展,並且空間異質性逐漸增加,顯示山坡地缺乏完整的整體規劃;本研究結構方程式之適合度評估皆達標準,模式整體而言是可被採用的,模式之結果顯示土地使用變遷對於山坡地之景觀結構變遷的確有明顯之影響力,土地使用變遷影響因子除影響土地使用變遷之外,亦對景觀結構變遷有間接影響,未來可再針對不同面向之影響力對山坡地變遷進行探討。
英文摘要 Hillside’s issues have long been focused by many researches. Due to the special terrain of hillside, it will easily lead to disaster by the excessive pressure of human development and inappropriate development. For reason, many studies about hillside focused on the prevention of disaster and development management of hillside. But those researches neglected the process of hillside development could bring many effects on hillside through land-use change. From the references, past studies about land-use change focused on the “quantity” on the area of land-use change, and not described the features of land-use change deeper. Landscape ecology metrics can quantify the characteristics of the changes, and provide more complete information. Considering the significance of this part, this study will discuss in this aspect. Hoping to provide more information to relative research and decision-making.
This study has three purposes: First, use the data of land use investigation of Taiwan in two time periods for 1995 and 2006, drawing metropolitan and hillside land use distribution map. Using these maps analyzing the land use change of Taipei metropolitan, comparing with the distribution map of hillsides. Making a conclusion about the change phenomena between Taipei metropolitan and hillsides. Second, using landscape ecology metrics to quantify the changes in characteristics of landscape structure of hillsides. Town and village administrative boundaries was seen as two different scales to analyse. Using area/density/edge metrics and shape metrics analyse the degree of spatial heterogeneity and fragmentation in hillsides. Third, combining the impact factors of land use change and the empirical results above, analyzing how land use change factors effect landscape structure change of hillside by structural equation model.
According to the results, Taipei metropolitan’s urban sprawl cause that residential, commercial, industrial and transport facilities on the hillside development in a large number. On the whole, the main development extend to the interior of hillside along the road systems, cause huge development pressure to the hillside. Landscape ecology metrics’ results also show that land-use change caused the fragmentation of landscape structure, and develop in small and fragmented form. And the spatial heterogeneity increase gradually, showed a complete lack of overall planning on the hillside. The suitability evaluation of SEM is up to standard, the model can be trusted. The results show that land-use change does have significant effect on landscape structure change. The system of factor of land-use change also has indirect effect to landscape structure change. Different aspects about the effect to hillside change could be discussed in the future.
論文目次 第一章 緒論 1
第一節 研究動機與目的 1
壹、研究動機 1
貳、研究目的 2
第二節 研究範疇 2
壹、研究對象 2
貳、時間面向 3
參、空間面向 3
第三節 研究內容與方法 4
壹、研究內容 4
貳、研究方法 5
第四節 研究流程 6
壹、研究流程 6
第二章 文獻回顧 7
第一節 土地使用變遷 7
壹、土地使用變遷相關研究 7
貳、土地使用變遷影響因子 9
第二節 景觀生態指標 11
壹、景觀生態學理論 11
貳、景觀生態指標發展沿革 12
參、景觀生態指標內涵 13
肆、景觀生態學運用於土地使用之研究 24
第三節 結構方程式 27
壹、結構方程式介紹 27
貳、結構方程式相關研究 28
參、小結 29
第三章 研究設計 30
第一節 研究架構 30
壹、操作架構 30
貳、基礎資料庫建置 31
第二節 結構方程式模式建立與變數選取 32
壹、結構方程式模式 32
貳、依變項 33
參、自變項 36
肆、結構方程式評估 38
肆、小結 39
第四章 實證研究 40
第一節 山坡地土地使用變遷 40
壹、土地使用變遷情形 40
貳 、小結 46
第二節 實證結果 48
壹、景觀生態指標計算 48
貳、小結 84
第三節 結構方程式操作與修正 84
壹、測量系統說明 84
貳、結構方程式操作 85
肆、小結 87
第四節 結構方程式評估與分析 87
壹、模式適合度評估 87
貳、路徑係數分析 87
伍、直接影響、間接影響與總影響 89
柒、小結 90
第五章 結論與建議 91
第一節 結論 91
壹、土地使用變遷對山坡地景觀變遷之影響 91
貳、結構方程式操作結果 92
第二節 後續研究建議 93
壹、嘗試不同變數組合 93
貳、應用於不同研究範圍 93
參考文獻 94
壹、中文文獻 94
貳、國外文獻 98

參考文獻 參考文獻
壹、中文文獻
1. 王思樺、張力方(2009),「都市周邊土地使用與地表覆蓋變遷:驅動力與環境變遷議題」,都市與計劃,36(4),361~385頁
2. 任俞安(2007),「台灣高科技產業核心能力對競爭優勢與經營績效之影響:以供應鏈為觀點」,開南大學物流與航運管理學系碩士論文。
3. 林玉蘭(2008),「高鐵場站滿意度之研究-以台南站為例」,長榮大學土地管理與開發學系碩士論文。
4. 林承緯(2005),「台灣都市蔓延發展型態之研究—以台灣四大都會區為例」,國立成功大學都市計畫研究所碩士論文。
5. 林楨家、蕭博文(2006),「台北市土地使用混合特性對旅次發生之影響」,台灣土地研究,9卷1期,89~115頁。
6. 邱皓政(2008),「結構方程模式:LISREL的理論、技術與應用」,雙葉書廊出版社。
7. 洪詮斌(2009),「台中大坑山區山坡地潛在地滑區保育治理及土地利用管理之研究」,國立中興大學水土保持研究所碩士論文。
8. 許睿峰(2007),「賦權感知、工作滿意、組織承諾與服務行為之相關性研究-以某連鎖便利商店為例」,國立中央大學人力資源管理研究所碩士在職專班碩士論文。
9. 鄒克萬、張曜麟(2004),「都市土地使用變遷空間動態模型之研究」,地理學報,第三十五期,35~51頁。
10. 陳威良(2008),「國民小學校長道德領導、學校組織文化與學生學習表現之研究」,國立中正大學教育研究所碩士論文。
11. 陳順宇(2007),「結構方程模式-Amos操作」,心理出版社。
12. 陳鴻明(2003),「山坡地開發成長管理評估系統之建立」,國立成功大學都市計畫研究所碩士論文。
13. 陳慶樑(2008),「自有品牌與國際品牌權益對顧客購物偏好與忠誠度中介效果研究」,國立成功大學企業管理學系碩博士班博士論文。
14. 徐偉鈉(2002),「由環境及設施容受力探討山坡地總量管制之研究—以台北縣汐止市為例」,國立成功大學都市計畫研究所碩士論文。
15. 許銘峰(2008),「台灣地區都市型態特徵之比較研究」,國立成功大學都市計畫研究所碩士論文。
16. 張益三(1997),「山坡地開發衍生問題探討相關法令之制度之改善策略」,山坡地開發災害防制研討會。
17. 黃書禮、蔡靜如(2000),「台北盆地土地利用趨勢之研究」,都市與計劃,27(1),1~22頁。
18. 黃國慶、詹士樑(2009),「台北都會區土地使用/覆蓋變遷驅動力之空間近鄰效果探討」,都市與計劃,36(4),415~443頁
19. 鄔建國(2003),「景觀生態學-格局、過程、尺度與等級」,五南出版社。
20. 劉又升(2008),「吸收能力與組織績效之關聯性探討-動態競爭觀點」,國立中正大學勞工所碩士論文。
21. 賴入定(2007),「推行TPS、TQM、TPM與企業績效之實證研究-以自行車產業A-Team廠商為例」,大葉大學事業經營研究所碩士在職專班碩士論文。
22. 藍菊梅(2007),「大學生困擾揭露、非社會支持反應與焦慮及憂鬱之關係研究」,高雄師範大學輔導與諮商研究所碩士論文。
23. 鍾政偉(2008),「旅客涉入程度、知覺價值、滿意度與購後行為意圖關係之研究-以台灣觀光列車為例」,中華大學科技管理學系(所)碩士論文。


貳、國外文獻
1. Abdullah, S. and N. Nakagoshi (2007). Forest fragmentation and its correlation to human land use change in the state of Selangor, peninsular Malaysia. Forest Ecology and Management, 241, 1-3: 39-48.
2. Baban, S. M. J., D. Thomas, F. Canisius and K. J. Sant (2008). Managing development in the hillsides of Trinidad and Tobago using geoinformatics. Sustainable Development, 16, 5: 314-328.
3. Bayard, B. and C. Jolly (2007). Environmental behavior structure and socio-economic conditions of hillside farmers: A multiple-group structural equation modeling approach. Ecological Economics, 62, 3-4: 433-440.
4. Belisle, M. (2005). Measuring Landscape Connectivity: The Challenge of Behavioral Landscape Ecology. 2005, 86, 8: 1988-1995.
5. Boutin, S. and D. Hebert (2002). Landscape Ecology and Forest Management: Developing an Effective Partnership. Ecological Applications, 12, 2: 390-397.
6. Chen, S., J. Ferng, Y. Wang, T. Wu and J. Wang (2008). Assessment of disaster resilience capacity of hillslope communities with high risk for geological hazards. Engineering Geology, 98, 3-4: 86-101.
7. Frohn, R. and Y. Hao (2006). Landscape metric performance in analyzing two decades of deforestation in the Amazon Basin of Rondonia, Brazil. Remote Sensing of Environment, 100, 2: 237-251.
8. Gao, X. and Y. Asami (2007). Effect of urban landscapes on land prices in two Japanese cities. Landscape and Urban Planning, 81, 1-2: 155-166.
9. Gustafson, E. J. and G. R. Parker (1992). Relationships between landcover proportion and indices of landscape spatial pattern. Landscape Ecology, 8, 2: 103-118.
10. Haines-Young, R. and M. Chopping (1996). Quantifying landscape structure: a review of landscape indices and their application to forested landscapes. Progress in Physical Geography, 20, 4: 418-445.
11. Ho, K. K. S. and F. W. Y. Ko (2009). Application of quantified risk analysis in landslide risk management practice: Hong Kong experience. Georisk: Assessment and Management of Risk for Engineered Systems and Geohazards, 3, 3: 134-146.
12. Huang, S.-L., S.-H. Wang and W. W. Budd (2009). Sprawl in Taipei’s peri-urban zone: Responses to spatial planning and implications for adapting global environmental change. Landscape and Urban Planning, 90, 1-2: 20-32.
13. Juan, Y.-K., D. Castro and K. Roper (2010). Decision support approach based on multiple objectives and resources for assessing the relocation plan of dangerous hillside aggregations. European Journal of Operational Research, 202, 1: 265-272.
14. Kienast, F. (1993). Analysis of historic landscape patterns with a Geographical Information System – a methodological outline. Landscape Ecology, 8, 2: 103-118.
15. Krausmann, F., H. Haberl, N. B. Schulz, K.-H. Erb, E. Darge and V. Gaube (2003). Land-use change and socio-economic metabolism in Austria—Part I: driving forces of land-use change: 1950–1995. Land Use Policy, 20, 1-20.
16. Laitao, A. and J. Ahern (2002). Applying landscape ecological concepts and metrics in sustainable landscape planning. Landscape and Urban Planning, 59, 65-93.
17. Lambin, E. F., B. L. Turner, H. J. Geist, S. B. Agbola, A. Angelsen, J. W. Bruce, O. T. Coomes, R. Dirzo, G. u. Fischer, C. Folke, P. S. George, K. Homewood, J. Imbernon, R. Leemans, X. Li, E. F. Moran, M. Mortimore, P. S. Ramakrishnan, J. F. Richards, H. Sk(anes, W. Steffen, G. D. Stone, U. Svedin, T. A. Veldkamp, C. Vogel and J. Xu (2001). The causes of land-use and land-cover change: moving beyond the myths. Global Environmental Change, 11, 261-269.
18. Lasanta, T., J. Gonzalezhidalgo, S. Vicenteserrano and E. Sferi (2006). Using landscape ecology to evaluate an alternative management scenario in abandoned Mediterranean mountain areas. Landscape and Urban Planning, 78, 1-2: 101-114.
19. Li and S. Archer (1997). Weighted mean patch size: a robust for quantifying landscape structure. Ecological Modelling, 102, 2-3: 353-361.
20. Lin, G. (2003). China's land resources and land-use change: insights from the 1996 land survey. Land Use Policy, 20, 2: 87-107.
21. Lin, Y., N. Hong, P. Wu, C. Wu and P. Verburg (2007). Impacts of land use change scenarios on hydrology and land use patterns in the Wu-Tu watershed in Northern Taiwan. Landscape and Urban Planning, 80, 1-2: 111-126.
22. Lopez, E., G. Bocco, M. Mendoza and E. Duhau (2001). Predicting land-cover and land-use change in the urban fringe A case in Morelia city, Mexico. Landscape and Urban Planning, 55, 271-285.
23. Meynard, C. N. and J. F. Quinn (2008). Bird Metacommunities in Temperate South American Forest: Vegetation Structure, Area and Climate Effects. Ecology, 89, 4: 981-990.
24. Munroe, D. and D. Muller (2007). Issues in spatially explicit statistical land-use/cover change (LUCC) models: Examples from western Honduras and the Central Highlands of Vietnam. Land Use Policy, 24, 3: 521-530.
25. Nassauer, J. I. and P. Opdam (2008). Design in science: extending the landscape ecology paradigm. Landscape Ecology, 23, 6: 633-644.
26. Obeysekera, J. and K. Rutchey (1997). Selection of scale for Everglades landscape models. Landscape Ecology, 12, 1: 7-18.
27. Ostwald, M., V. Wibeck and P. Stridbeck (2009). Proximate causes and underlying driving forces of land-use change among small-scale farmers – illustrations from the Loess Plateau, China. Journal of Land Use Science, 4, 3: 157-171.
28. Peng, J., Y. Wang, Y. Zhang, J. Wu, W. Li and Y. Li (2010). Evaluating the effectiveness of landscape metrics in quantifying spatial patterns. Ecological Indicators, 10, 2: 217-223.
29. Quan, B., J.-F. Chen, H.-L. Qiu, M. J. M. RÖMkens, X.-Q. Yang, S.-F. Jiang and B.-C. Li (2006). Spatial-Temporal Pattern and Driving Forces of Land Use Changes in Xiamen1 1Project supported by the Fujian Provincial Natural Science Foundation of China (No. D0210010). Pedosphere, 16, 4: 477-488.
30. Serra, P., X. Pons and D. Sauri (2008). Land-cover and land-use change in a Mediterranean landscape: A spatial analysis of driving forces integrating biophysical and human factors. Applied Geography, 28, 3: 189-209.
31. Turner, S. J. (2005). Landscape Ecology Concepts, Methods and Applications. Landscape Ecology, 20, 8: 1031-1033.
32. Van Acker, V., F. Witlox and B. Van Wee (2007). The Effects of the Land Use System on Travel Behavior: A Structural Equation Modeling Approach. Transportation Planning and Technology, 30, 4: 331-353.
33. Venema, H., P. Calamai and P. Fieguth (2005). Forest structure optimization using evolutionary programming and landscape ecology metrics. European Journal of Operational Research, 164, 2: 423-439.
34. Verheyen, K., G. R. Guntenspergen, B. Biesbrouck and M. Hermy (2003). An integrated analysis of the effects of past land use on forest herb colonization at the landscape scale. Journal of Ecology, 91, 731-742.
35. Wang, X., D. Zheng and Y. Shen (2008). Land use change and its driving forces on the Tibetan Plateau during 1990–2000. Catena, 72, 1: 56-66.
36. Wickham, J. D. and D. J. Norton (1994). Mapping and analyzing landscape patterns. Landscape Ecology, 9, 1: 7-23.
37. Wiens, J. A. (2008). Landscape ecology as a foundation for sustainable conservation. Landscape Ecology, 24, 8: 1053-1065.
38. Xiao, J., Y. Shen, J. Ge, R. Tateishi, C. Tang, Y. Liang and Z. Huang (2006). Evaluating urban expansion and land use change in Shijiazhuang, China, by using GIS and remote sensing. Landscape and Urban Planning, 75, 1-2: 69-80.
39. Zhang, X., T. Kang, H. Wang and Y. Sun (2010). Analysis on spatial structure of landuse change based on remote sensing and geographical information system. International Journal of Applied Earth Observation and Geoinformation, 12, S145-S150.


------------------------------------------------------------------------ 第 18 筆 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
系統識別號 U0026-2308201114522600
論文名稱(中文) 光子波動能量儀信號頻率頻譜之差異分析-以糖尿病友為例
論文名稱(英文) Analysis of Signal Frequency Spectrum for Photon Code Subtle Energy Analyzer:A Case Study on Diabetes
校院名稱 成功大學
系所名稱(中) 電機工程學系碩博士班
系所名稱(英) Department of Electrical Engineering
學年度 99
學期 2
出版年 100
研究生(中文) 張宏益
學號 n26980050
學位類別 碩士
語文別 英文
口試日期 2011-07-01
論文頁數 70頁
口試委員 指導教授-張凌昇
口試委員-陳明坤
口試委員-許藝菊
口試委員-李順來
關鍵字(中) 光子波動能量分析儀
能量醫學
糖尿病
能量頻譜
累積頻寬頻譜
關鍵字(英) Photon Code Subtle Energy Analyzer
Energy Medicine
Diabetes
Energy spectrum
Cumulative bandwidth spectrum
學科別分類
中文摘要 光子波動能量分析儀是一種屬於能量醫學範疇之針對各種疾病的非侵入式檢測儀器。在本文中是透過光子波動能量分析儀對糖尿病症的量測,再配合利用相位雜訊與功率頻譜密度理論所建構的分析方法,對量測得到的訊號做能量頻譜上的分析研究。甚至以「Top100 能量頻譜」與「Top100累積頻寬頻譜」兩種分析方法來發現訊號狀態改變時其能量之微小差異。為了提高兩分析方法的準確度,本論文透過反覆量測同一狀態的訊號,讓兩分析方法分析之,以其誤差結果建立誤差修正資料庫。本論文對於訊號裡特定的諧波成分加以定義,分別為共振頻率、共同頻率、糖尿病頻率、正常人頻率,並以此為精確分辨光子波動能量儀的量測訊號之組成的基礎。最後,本論文以八名受試者進行光子波動能量儀的糖尿病量測,以其訊號的分析結果驗證對特定諧波之定義其準確度,並且獲得其定義對於糖尿病病患之訊號有其分辨能力之結果。此結果甚至提供了一個針對光子波動能量儀的自動化與高準確度的可能性。
英文摘要 Photon code subtle energy analyzer (PCSEA) belonging to Energy Medicine is a kind of non-invasive detecting instrument. It focuses on detecting many kinds of diseases. This work detects the diabetes through PCSEA. In addition, the work utilizes the analyses constructed by the theory of phase noise and power spectral density to analyze the signal in energy spectrum. Moreover, this work utilizes two analyses called as Top100 energy spectrum and Top100 cumulative bandwidth spectrum to find out the subtle difference between the energies of the signals in different state. For promote the degree of accuracy of two analyses, this work repeatedly measure the signal in the same state, analyzes the signals by two analyses to acquire the value of error, as well as further constructs a fixing database. This study even have defined the specific harmonic named as resonance frequency, common frequency, diabetes frequency and normal frequency to exactly recognize the composition of the detecting signal of the photon code subtle energy analyzer. At final, this work utilizes eight subjects to verify the accuracy of experimental results and receives the content identifying ability for diabetes. Furthermore, this work provides a probability for automatizing PCSEA with high precision and no artificial error.
論文目次 中文摘要 I
ABSTRACT II
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT III
CONTENTS IV
LIST OF TABLES VI
LIST OF FIGURES VII
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1
1.1 Background and motivation 1
1.2 Literature review 2
CHAPTER 2 THEORY 4
2.1 Molecular signaling 4
2.2 Photon code subtle energy analyzer 6
2.2.1 Working principle 7
2.2.2 Operating Flow 7
2.3 Phase noise 8
2.4 Power spectral density 9
CHAPTER 3 EXPERIMENTAL SETUP 11
3.1 Purpose 11
3.2 Configuration 11
3.3 Experimental procedure 12
3.3.1 Difference between the normal and patients 13
3.3.2 Difference between the value 0.0 and 1.0 of the knob 14
3.4 Analyzing system 15
3.4.1 Hardware Framework 15
3.4.2 Data processing module 15
3.4.3 Analysis part I 16
3.4.4 Analysis part II 21
3.4.5 Analysis part III 24
3.4.6 Decision for TES 26
3.4.7 Decision for TCBS 29
3.4.8 Fixing database 32
3.5 Simulation test 33
CHAPTER 4 RESULTS 37
4.1 Difference between the normal and patients in TES 37
4.2 Difference between the normal and patients in TCBS 45
4.3 Integration of the results in TES and TCBS 51
4.4 Difference between the value 0.0 and 1.0 of the knob in TES 55
4.5 Difference between the value 0.0 and 1.0 of the knob in TCBS 60
4.6 Integration of the results in TES and TCBS 65
CHAPTER 5 CONCLUSION 68
REFERENCES 69

參考文獻 [1] Coulter ID, Willis EM. The rise and rise of complementary and alternative medicine: a sociological perspective. Med J 2004; 180:587-9.
[2] Ernst F. The role of complementary and alternative medicine. BMJ 2000; 321:1133-5.
[3] Adrian F. Complementary and alternative medicine. The Psychologist 2002; 15(5):228-31.
[4] Robinson N, Lorenc A, Lewith G. Complementary and alternative medicine professional practice and safety: a consensus building workshop. EUR J Integrative Med 2011; 3(2): e49-53
[5] Micke O, Bruns F, Glatzel M, Schönekaes K, Micke P, Mücke R, Büntzel J. Predictive factors for the use of complementary and alternative medicine in radiation oncology. EUR J Integrative Med 2009; 1: 19-25.
[6] Kohane MJ, Tiller WA. Energy, fitness, and information-augmented electromagnetic fields in drosophila melanogaster. JSE 2000; 14(2): 217-31.
[7] Tiller WA. Towards a quantitative science and technology that includes human consciousness. CIHS J 2007; 2(1): 1:34.
[8] L J, Oschman. Energy and the healing response. J Bodywork and Movement Therapies 2005; 9: 3-15.
[9] Bunnell T. The effect of “healing with intent” on pepsin enzyme activity. JSE 1999; 13(2): 139-48.
[10] Motoyama H, Rake M, S B, Chevalier G. Bioenergy differences among races. SEEM J; 9(2): 101-32.
[11] Feinstein D, Eden D. Six pillars of energy medicine: clinical strengths of a complementary paradigm. Alternative Therapies 2008; 14: 43-53.
[12] Kohane MJ, Tiller WA. Biological processes, quantum mechanics and electromagnetic fields: the possibility of deviceencapsulated human intention in medical therapies. Med Hypotheses J 2001; 56(6): 598-607.
[13] Lenger K. Homeopathic potencies identified by a new magnetic resonance method: homeopathy-an energetic medicine. SEEM J; 15(3): 225-43.
[14] Altered State. at http://altered-states.net/index2.htm?/vibrosaun/index.htm. (accessed 22.08.2011)
[15] Motoyama H. Deficient/excessive patterns found in meridian functioning in cases of liver disease. SEEM J; 11(2): 167-88.
[16] March NH. Subtle energies in density functional theory: correlation and molecular dissociation. Inter J Quantum Chemistry 1995; 56(4): 257-64.
[17] Maxey ES. A lethal subtle energy. SEEM J; 2(2): 55-70.
[18] Hajimiri A, Lee TH. A general theory of phase noise in electrical oscillators. IEEE J Solid-St Circ 1998; 33(2): 179-94.
[19] Razavi B. A study of phase noise in CMOS oscillators. IEEE J Solid-St Circ 1996; 31(3): 331-43.
[20] Demir A, Mehrotra A, Roychowdhury J. Phase noise in oscillators: a unifying theory and numerical methods for characterization. IEEE T Circuits-I 2000; 47(5): 655-74.
[21] Liberatore S, Carman GP. Power spectral density analysis for damage identification and location. J Sound Vib 2003; 274: 761-76.
[22] Martin R. Noise power spectral density estimation based on optimal smoothing and minimum statistics. IEEE T Speech Audi P 2001; 9(5): 504-12.
[23] Robert L, Richard F, James L. Statistical design and analysis of experiments with application to engineering and science. Second edition 2003; 423-36.

------------------------------------------------------------------------ 第 19 筆 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
系統識別號 U0026-2507201115472100
論文名稱(中文) 以實質選擇權觀點評估都市更新之容積獎勵之研究
論文名稱(英文) Using the real options to evaluate the effectiveness of floor area bonus in urban renewal projects
校院名稱 成功大學
系所名稱(中) 都市計劃學系碩博士班
系所名稱(英) Department of Urban Planning
學年度 99
學期 2
出版年 100
研究生(中文) 高偉杰
學號 p2697113
學位類別 碩士
語文別 中文
口試日期 2011-06-20
論文頁數 95頁
口試委員 口試委員-陳彥仲
口試委員-張學聖
口試委員-李泳龍
指導教授-趙子元
關鍵字(中) 實質選擇權
都市更新
公益性設施
關鍵字(英) Real Options
Urban Renewal
Public Welfare Facilities
學科別分類
中文摘要
市更新之目的在使都市機能提升、生活品質改善,各更新區或更新單元將因此獲得再發展的機會,改善地區環境品質及提升居住水準。近年來申請之案件也有大幅成長之趨勢,而此類案件最主要之誘因在於都市更新可獲得較高之容積獎勵,而為兼顧都市更新執行之效率與其提昇公益之原則,容積獎勵之項目,以提供公益性設施做為獎勵之比例。然而,公益性設施之投入和提前更新所造之效益與其獎勵之容積是否在合理之範圍內?在最佳化的收益標準下,更新事業計劃之投資者,對公益性設施之投入為何?本文將採用選擇權(Real Options)之觀點,探討現行法規之公益性設施之投入與其收益之連動關係,並提出建議。
本文將先針對都市更新之政策意涵與現行法規進行探討,並以實質選擇權之觀點,探討都市可更新土地之價值,以解決運用淨現值法則(NPV法則)計算財務時,無法反應管理彈性與時機延遲等不確定性之問題。並以台北市作為實證地區,檢討都市更新事業中,公益性設施之投入與其收益之連動關係,企圖尋求出最佳收益之公益性設施投入之比例,並根據結果更進一步檢討其是否符更新政策之意涵與預期效力。
英文摘要 The goal of Urban Renewal policy is to promote urban functions, improve urban living environments, and to increase public welfare facilities. In recent years, especially in Taipei city, there is a growing trend in the private application cases of urban renewal project; the floor bonus is the major incentive to this kind of project; to looking after both sides of efficiency and public interest, the degree of floor bonus is taken by the investing in the public welfare facilities. However, the investing in the public welfare facilities and the value of urban project are truly reflecting the public interest? The profit of the floor bonus in urban renewal projects are in a reasonable rate? In the best return standards, the urban renewal project investors invest how much in the public welfare facilities? This paper is using the viewpoint of real options to evaluate the investing in the public welfare facilities and its return, and recommendations.
This paper well introduce the floor bonus system in urban renewal in Taipei, and using the viewpoint of real options to evaluate the development value of urban renewal area, to clear up the uncertain of the management flexibility and timing defer when using the net present value rule which is the main method to evaluate this kind of project in Taiwan. And then, choose the Taipei City as a positive area, to evaluate the investing in the public welfare facilities and its return in urban renewal project, try to find the best rate of investing in the public welfare facilities, and using the result to evaluate does the system achieve the goal of policy.
論文目次 第一章 緒論1
第一節 研究動機與目的1
第二節 研究範圍與操作定義 5
第三節 研究內容與方法7
第四節 研究架構與流程8
第二章 相關理論與文獻回顧9
第一節 都市更新理論與國內都市更新制度10
第二節 實質選擇權之意涵與類型25
第三節 實質選擇權於土地再開發之分析運用 31
第四節 小結37
第三章 選擇權評估模型38
第一節 待更新不動產之實質選擇權模型建構40
第二節 變數選取與資料描述48
第三節 模擬分析52
第四節 小結56
第四章 實證分析58
第一節 實證案例選取58
第二節 研究假設64
第三節 分析內容66
第四節 小結77
第五章 結論與建議78
第一節 研究結論78
第二節 政策建議80
第三節 後續研究建議81
參考文獻 82
附錄 85
參考文獻 壹、英文
Adair, A., J. Berry, S. McGreal, B. Deddis, and S. Hirst. 1999. "Evaluation of investor behaviour in urban regeneration." Urban Studies 36:2031-2045.
Capozza, D. R. and G. A. Sick. 1994. "THE RISK STRUCTURE OF LAND MARKETS " Journal of Urban Economics 35:297-319.
Childs, P.D, Riddiough, T.J., and A.J. Triantis. 1996. "Mixed uses and theredevelopment option,." Real Estate Economics 24:317-339.
Dixit, A.K. and R.S. Pindyck. 1995. "The options approach to capital investment." Harvard Business Review 73:105-115.
Dixit, Avinash K. and Robert S. Pindyck. 1994. "Investment under uncertainty." Princeton University Press.
Grenadier, S.R. 1996. " The strategic exercise of option: Development cascadesand overbuilding in real estate markets." Journal of Finance 51:1653-1679.
Guthrie, G. 2010. "House prices, development costs, and the value of waiting." Journal of Urban Economics 68:56-71.
Ho, David Kim Hin, Eddie Chi-man Hui, and Muhammad Faishal Bin Ibrahim. 2009. "Asset Value Enhancement of Singapore’s Public Housing Main Upgrading Programme (MUP) Policy: A Real Option Analysis Approach." Urban Studies 46:2329-2361.
McDonald, R. and D. Siegel. 1986. "THE VALUE OF WAITING TO INVEST." Quarterly Journal of Economics 101:707-727.
Roberts, Peter and Hugh Sykes. 2000. "Urban Regeneration: A Handbook." London: SAGE Publications.
Williams, J. T. 1997. "Redevelopment of real assets." Real Estate Economics 25:387-407.
Williams, J. T. . 1991. "Real estate development ax and option." Journal of RealEstate Finance and Economics 4:191-208.
貳、中文
黃健二. 1984."都市更新之研究." 台北: 大佳出版社.
Huang,Chia-Hsing. 1999. "An options-based real estate development strategy." 1999年中華民國住宅學會第八屆年會學術研討會論文集:239-249.
陳奉瑤. 2003."可更新土地開發價值之研究." 台灣土地研究 6:1-16.
Copeland Tom and Vladimir Antikarov.2003. "實質選擇權(Real options : a practitioner's guide)." 華泰.
梁仁旭 、陳奉瑤. 2004. "以選擇權觀點探討土地開發分析法之運用." 土地經濟年刊 15:1-13.
楊靜玟. 2006. "以財務機制觀點評估市中心再發展政策之研究." 都市計劃研究所, 國立成功大學, 台南.
杜國源. 2008. "都市更新台灣面臨之挑戰." 營建知訊 303:20-25.
丁玟甄. 2008. "待更新不動產之實質選擇權價值分析." 公共事務學院不動產與城鄉環境學系, 臺北大學, 臺北市.
王章凱、黃健二. 2009. "從都市更新到都市再生的迷思-我國都市更新政策要從英國都市再生思維學習到什麼?" 第十三屆(2009 年)國土規劃論壇. 臺南: 國立成功大學都市計劃學系.
台北市都市更新處. 2009. "台北市申請辦理都市更新總說明."台北市,台北市政府都市更新處.
劉佳其. 2009. "從環境品質面探討都市更新公益性及規劃設計容積獎勵妥適性之研究-以台北市中山區為例." 建築與都市設計研究所, 國立台北科技大學, 台北.
賴炳樹. 2009. "都市再生、都市更新與舊城改造之比較分析." 土地問題研究季刊 8.
行政院. 2010. "都市更新產業行動計畫(核定本). " 中華民國,行政院.
參、網頁資料
台北市都市更新處(2011)
http://www.uro.taipei.gov.tw/MP_118011.html (2011年 5月)
都市更新入口網(2010)
http://twur.cpami.gov.tw (2010年 11月)
崔媽媽基金會(2011)
http://www.tmm.org.tw/statist/index.html(2011年 5月)
中華民國不動產估價師公會全國聯合會第四號公報(2010)
http://211.23.152.243/reaa/showpic.asp?p_id=13&path=2008110111528905.jpg& (2010年 10月)
台北市工務局(2011)
http://www.pwb.taipei.gov.tw/MP_106001.html (2011年 5月)

------------------------------------------------------------------------ 第 20 筆 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
系統識別號 U0026-2508201017431500
論文名稱(中文) 八0年代以降台灣公寓書寫之研究
論文名稱(英文) A Study of post 1980 Apartment Writing in Taiwan
校院名稱 成功大學
系所名稱(中) 台灣文學系碩博士班
系所名稱(英) Department of Taiwanese Literature
學年度 98
學期 2
出版年 99
研究生(中文) 黃怡婷
學號 K5695406
學位類別 碩士
語文別 中文
口試日期 2010-07-07
論文頁數 111頁
口試委員 指導教授-廖淑芳
口試委員-游勝冠
口試委員-蘇碩斌
關鍵字(中) 公寓書寫(Apartment Writing)
公寓(apartment)
都市文學(Urban Literature)
女作家(authoress)
女性自我(Female Self)
社會力(social force)
文類(genre)
關鍵字(英) Apartment Writing
apartment
Urban Literature
authoress
female self
social force
genre
學科別分類
中文摘要 本文提出「公寓書寫」概念來討論八0年代以降以公寓為書寫對象的文學作品,將「公寓書寫」定義為:公寓不只是一個都市空間、地景,公寓可作為都市或個人的隱喻,及公寓與居住者之間關係可指涉某種象徵意義,進而探討八0年代以降「公寓書寫」的不同面貌。

八0年代都市文學的興起,並且廣泛書寫都市各種地景,除了表明都市文學與八0年代社會發展現況相呼應外,更試圖與七0年代鄉土文學對話,試圖翻轉七0年代鄉土文學中負面的都市形象,在文學場域佔據一席之地。本文將以黃凡、王幼華、林燿德及張大春作為八0年代公寓書寫的探討,從四位作家文本可見共同關注都市生活中的人際關係,勾畫出公寓即使作為都市文學一種共同的書寫策略,卻又呈現出不同都市象徵。

九0年代,雖然都市文學不再被標舉,書寫公寓卻更為廣泛、普遍。可觀察到九0年代出現為數眾多的女作家書寫與公寓相關的作品,九0年代女作家公寓書寫的作品著重書寫女性與空間的關係,女性擁有自己的公寓/房子/房間,不再如過往把女性與客廳/廚房作連結。再者,九0年代的女作家在處理與空間的關係,公寓不再是疏離的象徵,反倒給居住者感受到自在、舒適的空間,使得公寓具有私密的內涵,進而形成一種女性自我的隱喻。將以平路、章緣、張惠菁、柯裕棻四位女作家的書寫文本作為九0年代公寓書寫的觀察視角,透過女作家細微的視角來看公寓書寫中公寓對個人意義的轉變,以及公寓如何從八0年代疏離象徵轉為女性自我的隱喻。

在個別分析八0年代與九0年代的公寓書寫面貌,本文試圖以外緣社會力的凝聚與公寓書寫的特質兩大面向來看公寓書寫作為一種文類的可能性,認為九0年代以來的公寓書寫或許可視為是一種正要剛起步、初發展的新型態文類,並且以公寓作為一種舒適、親密的空間為公寓書寫的主要特徵。
英文摘要 The thesis points out a unique concept: “Apartment-Writing”, which becomes the writing subject in literary works during post-1980. “Apartment Writing” can be defined as that: An apartment is not only a space or a landscape in the cities; but a metaphor of a city or its denizen. This metaphor also can be an abstract symbol of the relationship between the apartments and their dwellers.

Urban-Literature writings emerge in 1980s, which widely sketch various landscapes of cities. These works reveal the relationship between the city and social development, besides, which endeavor to communicate with the Taiwan Hsiang-t'u Literature in the 70s in order to reverse the negative urban image and to take some position in Literary Field. The thesis focuses on these texts wrote by Huang Fan, Wang You-hua, Lin Yao-der, and Zhang Da-chun’s. These writers can represent the “Apartment-Writing” writers in the 80s. From the compositions of the four writers, we find common concerns on interpersonal relationships of urban life. These works take apartments as a general writing strategy of Urban Literature, however, still reveal various emblems amid different cities.

During the 90s, Urban Literature was not labeled as the most important writing-subject; however, as writing-subject, it became more popular. It was noticeable in the 1990s. In 90s, a lot of authoresses had written articles about apartments. These female-writings mainly focus on the relationship between space and women. The protagonists in these works have their own apartments, houses or rooms, which present alternative linkages between women and space. The linkage used to be the single line between kitchens and living rooms only. Moreover, apartments were no longer an image of alienation under the works in the 90s’ authoresses. Contrastingly, apartments represent a space of comfort and leisure, which brought an inner sense of privacy. As a result, it became a metaphor as women themselves. In this section, four authoresses (Ping Lu、Zhang Yuan、Zhang Hoi-jing、Ke Yu-fen) and their texts were our indicators of “Apartment Writing” in the 90s. Through the delicate viewpoints of the four authoresses, we can find how “Apartment Writing” had transformed the meaning of individuals, and eventually become a feminine metaphor which differs from the originally alienated image in the 80s.

Besides, the thesis tried to develop the “Apartment Writing” as a concept of genre. I will conclude the possibility from two perspectives, the agglomeration of social force and the features of “Apartment Writing”. I assume that the “Apartment Writing” from 90s will be a starting and progressing new genre of literature. Furthermore, the apartments will be symbolized as spaces of comfort and affinity, which are the main features of “Apartment Writing”.
論文目次 八0年代以降台灣公寓書寫之研究

目次
第一章 緒論
第一節、研究動機與問題意識.....................1
一、都市文學的興起.............................1
二、女性意識的抬頭.............................2
三、「公寓書寫」的定義.........................3
第二節、研究概念...............................5
一、文類的形成.................................5
二、文學場域的佔...............................7
三、都市生活...................................8
四、居室與體感.................................9
第三節、文獻回顧...............................11
一、都市情境論述...............................11
二、八0年代都市文學探討.......................12
三、九0年代都市空間敘事.......................14
第四節、章節架構與內容安排.....................15

第二章 七0年代以降公寓發展與文學關係.........17
第一節、七0年代鄉土文學筆下的都市面...........18
一、都市中的低層身影...........................18
二、都市中的中產階級...........................20
第二節、八0年代都市文學的興起.................22
一、社會發展的變遷.............................22
二、文學場域的角力.............................24
第三節、小結...................................29

第三章 八0年代的公寓書寫-公寓作為一種策略....30
第一節、公寓:作為新、舊世代的對話.............32
一、公寓-舊世代逝去的.........................32
二、公寓-過往記憶的緬懷.......................36
第二節、公寓:都市疏離的象徵...................39
一、比鄰而居的陌生公寓.........................39
二、冰冷無感的公寓.............................43
第三節、公寓:開啟人與居所的意義...............48
一、公寓導遊,誰的公寓?.......................49
二、人文精神的公寓.............................52
第四節、小結...................................55

第四章 公寓與女性自我..........................57
第一節、女作家與女性意識的崛起.................57
一、八0年代女作家/女性意識的崛...............57
二、九0年代的延續與發展.......................60
第二節、情婦、妻子與公寓生活...................63
一、公寓作為一種女性意識的展現.................63
二、女性/妻子與公寓...........................68
第三節、親密與疏離的擺盪:女性/自我,公寓/都市.75
一、公寓的親密與疏離...........................76
二、自我:流盪在都市之中.......................79
第四節、公寓作為一種舒適/自我的空間...........85
一、自我/居室與收藏...........................85
二、公寓與都市的辯證關係.......................89
第五節、小結...................................94

第五章 結論
第一節、八0年代以降公寓書寫的面貌.............97
一、公寓作為一種象徵/隱喻.....................97
二、公寓書寫作為一種都市體現...................99
第二節 公寓書寫作為一種文類....................101
一、公寓書寫特質...............................101
二、社會力的聚集與影響.........................103

參考書目.......................................104
附錄資料.......................................110
參考文獻 文學作品:
小說
王幼華,《狂者的自白》,台中:晨星,1985年。
王幼華,《熱愛》,台北:遠流,1989年。
王文華,《蛋白質女孩》,台北:時報,2000年。
王文華,《蛋白質女孩2》,台北:時報,2002年。
平路,《紅塵五注》,台北:聯合文學,1998年。
平路,《凝脂溫泉》,台北:聯合文學,2000年。
江凌青,《男孩公寓》,台北:寶瓶,2008年。
李志薔,《台北客》,台北:寶瓶,2005年。
林燿德,《惡地形》,台北:希代,1988年。
林燿德,《大東區》,台北:聯合文學,1995年。
林燿德,《非常的日常》,台北:聯合文學,1999年。
柯裕棻,《冰箱》,台北:聯合文學,2005年。
章緣,《更衣室的女人》,台北:聯合文學,1997年。
章緣,《大水之夜》,台北,聯合文學,2000年。
章緣,《擦肩而過》,台北,聯合文學,2005年。
黃凡,《慈悲的滋味》,台北:聯經,1984年。
黃凡,《都市生活》台北:希代,1987年。
黃凡,《曼娜舞蹈教室》,台北:聯合文學,1987年。
黃凡,《東區連環泡》,台北:希代書版,1989年。
黃凡,《黃凡小說集》,台北:聯合文學,1998年。
黃凡,《黃凡後現代小說選》,台北:聯合文學,2005年。
張曼娟等著,《失竊公寓愛情故事》,台北:大田,1999年。
張惠菁,《蒙田筆記》,台北:聯經,1999年。
張惠菁,《末日早晨》,台北:大田,2000年。
張惠菁,《告別》,台北:聯經,2003年。
張秀亞,《自己的房子》,收於《張秀亞全集12翻譯卷一》,台南:國家台灣文學館,2005年。
鐘文音,《從今而後》,台北:大田,2000年。
鍾文音,《過去》,台北:大田,2001年。

散文:
平路,《女人權力》,台北:聯合文學,1998年。
平路,《巫婆的七味湯》,台北:聯合文學,1998年。
平路,《愛情女人》,台北:聯合文學,1998年。
平路,《讀心之書》,台北:聯合文學,2003年。
林燿德,《一座城市的身世》,台北:時報,1987年。
林燿德,《迷宮零件》,台北:聯合文學,1993年。
林燿德,《鋼鐵蝴蝶》,台北:聯合文學,1997年。
柯裕棻,《恍惚的慢板》,台北:大塊,2004年。
柯裕棻,《甜蜜的瞬間》,台北:大塊,2007年。
張惠菁,《流浪在海綿城市》,台北:新新聞文化,1998年。
張惠菁,《給冥王星》,台北:大塊,2008年。

英文專書:
Anis S. Bawarshi and Mary Jo Reiff,2010,Genre: An Introduction to History, Theory, Research, and Pedagogy, Parlor Press and the WAC Clearinghouse.
John Frow, 2006, Genre, London, New York:Routledge.

中文專書:
台灣省戶口普查處編,《台閩地區戶口及住宅普查報告書˙中華民國六十九年˙第一卷》,臺中市:台灣省戶口普查處,1980年。
台灣省戶口普查處編,《台閩地區戶口及住宅普查報告書˙中華民國七十九年˙第一卷上冊》,臺北市 :行政院戶口普查處,1992年。
江橋,《家庭美化》,台中:台灣省政府新聞處,1986年六月。
李元貞,《婦女開步走》,台北:生活文化,1988年。
呂正惠,《戰後台灣文學經驗》,台北:新地,1992。
邢國強主編,《華人地區發展經驗與中國前途》,台北:政治大學國際關係研究中心,1988年。
汪民安、陳永國、馬海良主編,《城市文化讀本》,北京:北京大學出版社,2008年。
吳煥加,《二十世紀西方建築史》,台北:田園城市,1998年。
孟樊、林燿德主編,《世紀末偏航-八0年代台灣文學論》,台北:時報,1990年。
孟樊,《台灣世紀末觀察》,台北:皇冠,1992年。
林燿德、黃凡主編,《新世代小說大系-都市卷》,台北:希代,1989年。
林燿德,《重組的星空》,台北:業強,1991年。
林淇瀁,《書寫與拼圖-臺灣文學傳播現象研究》,台北:麥田。2001年。
邱貴芬,《日據以來台灣女作家小說選讀》導論,台北:女書文化,2001年。
東吳大學中文系,《臺灣現代散文學術研討會論文集》,台北:東吳中文系,2003年。
范銘如,《眾裏尋她-台灣女性小說縱論》,台北:麥田,2008年。
范銘如,《文學地理:台灣小說的空間閱讀》,台北:麥田,2008年。
施淑主編,《黃凡集》,台北:前衛,1992年。
施淑、高天生主編,《王幼華集》,台北:前衛,1992年。
高天生,《台灣小說與小說家》,台北:前衛,1994年。
尉天聰主編,《鄉土文學討論集》,台北:遠景,1978年。
黃俊傑,《戰後臺灣的轉型及其展望》,臺北:正中,1995年。
張苙雲、呂玉瑕、王甫昌主編,《九0年代的台灣社會:社會變遷基本調查研究系列二》,台北:中研院籌備處,1997年。
張輝潭,《台灣當代婦女運動與女性主義實踐初探》,台中:印書小舖,2006年。
張瑞芬,《五十年來台灣女性散文˙評論篇》,台北:麥田,2006年。
葉石濤,《台灣文學的困境》,高雄:派色文化,1992年。
葉石濤,《台灣文學史綱》,高雄:春暉,1997年。
黃瑞祺,《現代與後現代》,台北:巨流,2000年。
陳映真,《孤兒的歷史˙歷史的孤兒》,台北:遠景,1984年9月。
陳嘉明,《現代性與後現代性十五講》,北京:北京大學出版社,2006年。
陳建忠等合著,《台灣小說史論》,台北:麥田,2007年。
楊澤主編,《從四0年代到九0年代-兩岸三邊華文小說研討會論文集》,台北:時報,1994年。
楊澤主編,《狂飆八0-紀錄一個集體發聲的年代》,台北:時報,1999年。
楊宗翰主編,《新世代星空 林燿德佚文選I-批評卷》,台中:華文網,2001年。
楊向榮,《現代性和距離:文化社會學視域中的齊美爾美學》,北京:社會科學文獻出版,2009年。
鄭明娳主編,《當代台灣都市文學論》,台北:時報,1995年。
廖炳惠編著,《關鍵詞200:文學與批評研究的通用辭典彙編》,台北:麥田,2003年。

中文譯書:
Aldo Rossi著、施植明譯,《城市建築》,台北:博遠,1992年。
Bourdieu, Pierre著、劉暉譯,《藝術的法則:文學場的生成和結構》,北京:中央編譯出版社,2001年。
Clare Marcus著、徐詩思譯,《家屋,自我的一面鏡子》,台北:張老師文化,2000年。
David Harvey著、黃煜文譯,《巴黎,現代性之都》,台北:群學,2007年。
Edward Relph著、謝慶達譯,《現代都市地景》,台北:田園城市,1998年。
Georg Simmel著、顧仁明譯、劉小楓編,《金錢、性別、現代生活風格》,上海:學林,2002年。
Hannah Arendt編、張旭東、王斑譯,《啟迪-本雅明文選》,北京:生活˙讀書˙新知三聯書店,2008年。
John Went著、張敏聰、周公璵譯,《現代建築》,台北:文源書局,1972年。
Jürgwn Joedicke著、李俊仁譯,《一九四五年以後的建築》,台北:台隆,1975年。
Kenneth Feampton著、賀陳詞譯,《近代建築史》,台北:茂榮,1984年。
Kevin Lynch著、方益萍、何曉軍譯,《城市意象》,北京:華夏出版社,2001年。
Le Corbusier著、張珩等譯,《集合住宅》,台北:胡氏圖書,1995年。
Leonardo Benevolo著、鄒得儂等譯,《現代建築史》上冊,台北:田園城市,1999年。
Manuel Castells著、夏鑄九譯,〈都市象徵〉,收於夏鑄九、王志弘編譯,《空間的文化形式與社會理論讀本》,台北:明文書局,1993年。
Matei Calinescu著、周憲、許鈞主編,《現代性的五副面孔》,北京:商務印書,2002年。
Milk Crang著、王志弘、余佳玲、方淑惠譯,《文化地理學》,台北:巨流,2003年。
Mill Savage Alan Warde著、孫清山譯,《都市社會學》,台北:五南,2004年。
Simom Parker著、王志弘、徐苔玲譯,《遇見城市-理論與經驗》,台北:群學,2007年。
Tim Cresswell著、王志弘、徐苔玲譯,《地方:記憶、想像與認同》,台北:群學,2006年。
Walter Benjamin著,劉北成譯,《巴黎,19世紀的首都》,上海:上海人民,2006年。
Walter Benjamin著,張旭東、魏文生譯,《發達資本主義時代的抒情詩人:論波特萊爾》,台北:臉譜,2002年。


學位論文:
王琮珀《房屋仲介擴展模式之研究》,台中:東海會計所碩論,2008年。
方婉禎,《從城市到都市-八0年代台灣小說與都市論述》,台北:淡江中文所碩論,2001年。
李建民,《八0年代台灣小說中的都市意象~以台北為例》,台北:市立師範學院應用語文學所碩論,2000年。
林以青,〈文學經驗中的都會情境-以七0年代的台北為例〉,《當代台灣都市文學論》,台北:時報,1995年。
林秀姿,《重讀1970以後的台北:文學再現與台北東區》,台北:台大城鄉所博論,2001年。
金儒農,《九○年代台灣都市小說中的空間敘事》,嘉義:中正台文所碩論,2008年。
洪肇陽,《台灣地區住宅生活模式之研究》,台南:成大建築所碩論,1988年。
胡龍隆,《台灣八0年代都市小說的生活情境與批判語調》,台中:東海大學中文碩論,2002年。
孫瑞穗,《城市中的單身女人與家變-以八0年代以來台北單身城鄉移民女人的居住處境與經驗為例》,台北:台大城鄉所碩論,1996年。
陳啟明《國宅之發展與居住型態演變之探討》,台南:成大建築所碩論,1982年。
陳麗安,《居住者與「他們的」房子: 台灣住居空間(居家佈置)自我營造行動之研究》,桃園:中原室內設計研究所,2002年。
陳姿瑾,《女╱城:論90年代以後臺北城市文化變遷與「新世代」女性小說家》,台北:台大台文所碩論,2009年。
許志堅,《住宅與家具關係之研究-以高雄市民族國宅為例》,台中:逢甲建築及都市計畫研究所碩論,1997年。
張湘揚,《台灣地區公寓式集合住宅的起居室、餐室及臥室空間使用現況調查與建築空間計劃之研究》,台南:成大建築所碩論,1993年。
張哲凡,《光復後台灣集合住宅發展過程之研究》,台南:成大建築所碩論,1995年。
張俐璇,《兩大報文學獎與台灣文壇之形構》,台南:成大台文所碩論,2007年。
顏良年,《台灣公寓式集合住宅室內空間變遷之研究-以雜誌刊登作品案例為例》,雲林:雲科大空間設計所碩論,2006年。
藍建春,《黃凡小說研究:社會變遷與文學史的視角》,新竹:清華中文所碩論,1997年。
蕭義玲,《台灣當代小說的世紀末圖象研究-以解嚴(1987-1997)為觀察對象》,台北:台灣師範大學國文系博論,1997年。

學術期刊:
Hassan著,陳界華譯,〈朝向一個「後現代主義」觀念的建立〉,《中外文學》,1984年1月,頁66-84頁。
「女性主義」專輯,《中外文學》,第十四卷第十期,1986年三月,頁4-115。
「女性與文學」專輯,《聯合文學》,第二卷第五期,1986年三月,頁6-62。
「女性與文學」專輯,《當代》,第五期,1986年九月,頁14-
文訊雜誌編輯部,〈九0年代台灣文學現象觀察〉,《文訊》,2002年12月。
林榮貴,〈時髦建築的新主義﹣﹣談後現代古典主義〉,《台灣房地產市場》,1985年4月,頁47-51。
林燿德,〈文學變遷的新座標-「都市文學」總論〉,《自由青年》,721期,1989年九月,頁9-11。
林紫惠紀錄,〈八0年代台灣小說的發展-蔡源煌與張大春對談〉,《國文天地》,1988年10月,頁34。
杜國清,〈台灣都市文學與世紀末〉,《Taiwan Literature: English translation series》,民國88年十二月,頁viii。
吳光庭,〈前衛的建築運動:論「後現代」建築〉,《臺北市立美術館館刊》,1985年10月,頁15-23。
吳潛誠,〈遊走在後現代城市的想像迷宮-重讀林燿德的散文創作〉,《聯合文學》,第12卷第五期,民國85年3月,頁50-52。
陳佳妏,〈論林燿德都市散文中的「迷宮」意象〉,《水筆仔:台灣文學研究通訊》,新竹:水筆仔工作群,第七期,1999年4月,頁33-46。
陳正醍,〈台灣的鄉土文學論戰(一九七七〜一九七八年)〉,收於曾健民主編,《清理與批判:人間思想與創作叢刊》,台北:人間,1998年,頁129-181。
張啟疆,〈「我」的世代-林燿德散文小論〉,全文亦刊於《中華日報》,1996年5月16-20號, 第16版。
張小虹,〈城市是件花衣裳〉,《中外文學》,第三十四卷第十期,2006年3月,頁167-186。
葉石濤,〈八0年代作家的櫥窗-評「新世代小說大系」〉,《文訊》第七期,民國1989年八月,頁59。
維吉尼亞˙吳爾芙著、范國生譯,〈莎士比亞的妹妹〉,《中外文學》,第十四卷第十期,1986年三月,頁66-77。
廖淑芳,〈通過鬼魅與自我相遇-論平路〈微雨魂魄〉中的公寓身體及其鬼魅敘事的「文類」特質〉,《文學新鑰》第八期,2008.12,嘉義:南華大學文學所,頁1-35。
漢寶德,〈從現代主義到後現代主義〉,《雄獅美術》,1986年5月,頁168-176。
鄭明娳,〈知性與立體的鋪陳-關於「都市散文」〉,《自由青年》,民國78年9月,頁22。

網路資料:
台北市雜誌商業同業公會網站,《ELLE她雜誌國際中文版》:http://www.magazine.org.tw/Magazine?mag=16
台北市雜誌商業同業公會網站,《VOGUE時尚》:http://www.magazine.org.tw/Magazine?mag=33
台北市雜誌商業同業公會網站,茉莉美人文化事業股份有限公司:
http://www.magazine.org.tw/MagCompany?member=51
行政院主計處都市化地區分類定義:http://www.dgbas.gov.tw/fp.asp?xItem=954&ctNode=3217
行政院主計處85年工業及服務業普查統計表之普查結果提要:http://www.dgbas.gov.tw/ct.asp?xItem=1154&ctNode=3267
自由自在起而行〈New look〉:http://www.wretch.cc/blog/smilelims/33132381
核桃公寓808室:http://blog.roodo.com/fupyifen/
批踢踢實業坊telnet:ptt.cc「空間藝術版」網友Midorize,〈四分之一坪的小廚房〉
我擁有的都是僥倖啊〈In my place〉http://www.wretch.cc/blog/nahbee/6550445
黃小貓寫字台:http://mypaper.pchome.com.tw/news/0816091600/
資料優質人力促進就業計畫資訊網:茉莉美人文化事業股份有限公司
:http://www.excellent.lhu.edu.tw/ToGenJob_SupQyery.aspx?BFJno=70458753

 


如您有疑問,請聯絡圖書館
聯絡電話:(06)2757575#65773
聯絡E-mail:etds@email.ncku.edu.tw